Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Capital City Bank Group, Inc.

Capital City Bank Group, Inc.

ccbg · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ccbg
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 940
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Capital City Bank Group, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2017

A n n u a l   R e p o r t

investors.ccbg.com

Annual
Shareowners’
Meeting

April 24, 2018  |  10 a.m. E.T.

Augustus B. Turnbull III  
Florida State Conference Center
555 W. Pensacola St.
Tallahassee, Florida

About Capital City Bank Group, Inc.

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (Nasdaq:CCBG) is one of the largest publicly traded financial 
holding companies headquartered in Florida and has approximately $2.9 billion in assets. 
We provide a full range of banking services, including traditional deposit and credit 
services, mortgage banking, asset management, trust, merchant services, bankcards and 
securities brokerage services. Our bank subsidiary, Capital City Bank, was founded in 1895 
and now has 59 banking offices and 74 ATMs in Florida, Georgia and Alabama.

For more information about Capital City Bank Group,Inc., visit www.ccbg.com.

Dear Fellow 
Shareowners

2017  was  a  good  year  characterized  by  marked  improvement  in  our  
overall  financial  performance.  Much  forward  progress  was  made  as  we 
continued  to  pick  up  speed  on  key  initiatives,  transforming  momentum 
into  meaningful  results.  Over  the  last  several  years  of  recovery,  we  have 
worked tirelessly to lay a foundation for growth, and in 2017, we saw that 
perseverance pay off in big ways. 

level,  2017  was  our  seventh 
At  a  bird’s-eye 
consecutive  year  of  expense  reduction  and  fourth 
consecutive year of loan growth. Broad-based loan 
growth  continued  with  new  opportunities  taking 
hold  in  emerging  markets  and  product  lines.  Our 
Wealth  Management  and  Residential  Lending 
divisions  saw  another  year  of  notable  gains,  and 
credit  quality  continues  to  improve  as  classified 
assets dipped to the lowest level we’ve seen since 
the financial crisis began. We earned $10.9 million, 
or $0.64 per share in 2017, which included a $4.1 
million,  or  $0.24  per  share,  income  tax  expense 
adjustment  related  to  the  recently  enacted  tax 
reform act.

Consistent and steady loan production in our anchor 
markets of Tallahassee, Gainesville and Macon was 
supported by new and rapidly growing opportunities 
in Florida’s Hernando County, and continued growth 
in  our  auto  finance  portfolio.  Year  over  year,  most 
loan categories showed improvement, contributing 
to net growth of $86 million or 5.5%. 

Our  Wealth  Management  and  Residential  Lending 
divisions turned in solid performances in 2017 with 
revenue  growth  of  18%  and  11%,  respectively.  We 
continue  to  look  for  ways  to  enhance  our  overall 
fee-based  income,  and  we  are  in  the  process  of 
implementing  several  initiatives  that  we  expect  to 
begin  producing  incremental  earnings  during  the 
second half of 2018. 

Capital  City  has  the  distinction  of  being  ranked 
among  the  best  in  the  industry  in  credit  quality, 
a  factor  that  continues  to  distinguish  us  from  our 
peers  and  earn  high  marks  with  analysts.  During 
the  financial  crisis  and  in  the  years  that  followed, 
we were unrelenting in our focus on problem asset 
resolution,  implementing  strategies  we  believed 
produced  the  best  possible  financial  outcome 
for  our  shareowners.  In  2017,  we  achieved  a  33% 
reduction in classified assets and a 42% reduction in 
nonperforming assets (NPAs). At year-end, classified 
assets and NPAs, as a percent of assets, were 1.21% 
and  0.38%,  respectively  –  levels  which  are  in  line 
with our historical operations. 

In  2017,  maximizing  efficiency  and  controlling 
expenses continued to occupy a critical seat at the 
table, and will remain a vital piece of the discussion 
for  the  foreseeable  future.  After  seven  consecutive 
years  of  decline,  annual  operating  expenses  were 
$24 million lower in 2017 than at their peak in 2010. 
We  remain  committed  to  practices  that  enable  us 
to  identify  opportunities  to  enhance  our  efficiency, 
particularly as it pertains to our office structure and 
delivery model.   

We  have  embraced  banking  technology  for  its 
ability  to  enhance  the  traditional  delivery  model 
and  provide  increased  capacity  to  serve  our  clients. 
Over  the  last  four  years,  we  have  introduced  Smart 
ATMs  and  Virtual  Banking  technology  at  16  offices 

As we look ahead into 2018,  
we believe we are well 
positioned to continue building 
on the momentum we have 
today to achieve the goals 
we’ve set for tomorrow. 

From  where  I  sit  today,  the  outlook  is  bright.  We 
have  several  years  of  positive  progress  between 
us  and  the  worst  of  the  economic  downturn.  As 
we  look  ahead  into  2018,  we  believe  we  are  well 
positioned to continue building on the momentum 
we  have  today  to  achieve  the  goals  we’ve  set  for 
tomorrow.  We  remain  focused  on  strategies  that 
improve our operating leverage, support a return to 
historic levels of profitability and enhance long-term 
shareowner value. 

As always, I welcome your comments and questions.

Your banker,

William G. Smith, Jr.
Chairman, President and  
Chief Exectutive Officer

in  11  markets,  reaching  a  new  level  of  scalability. 
Technology has allowed us to strike a vital balance 
between relationship and convenience on the client 
side,  which  operationally,  provides  a  powerful 
formula  for  effectively  supporting  more  business 
with existing resources. 

lead 

The  way  forward  in  2018  includes  many  of  these 
same  strategies.  Quality 
loan  growth,  greater 
efficiency,  new  sources  of  revenue  and  smarter 
expense  management  all 
to  enhanced 
operating  leverage  which,  we  believe,  will  drive 
future earnings growth. Loan growth and higher rates 
in 2017 fueled an increase in our net interest margin 
of  12  basis  points,  and  we  anticipate  continued 
improvement  in  2018.  We  have  made  significant 
strides in lowering our credit costs throughout the 
economic cycle, and they should remain at relatively 
low  levels  over  the  next  several  years.  Given  the 
operating environment, gains in noninterest income 
have  been  challenging,  but  we  are  implementing 
strategies  intended  to  stabilize  and  help  grow 
this  important  revenue  source.  Intense  focus  and 
a  proven  track  record  of  improving  our  operating 
efficiency pledge additional support. 

We  also  expect  environmental  factors  to  affect  us 
favorably in 2018. First, while the Tax Cuts and Jobs 
Act signed by President Trump in December of 2017 
initially  led  to  a  $4.1  million  income  tax  expense 
adjustment in the fourth quarter of last year, we will 
benefit  from  a  much  lower  tax  rate  in  the  future. 
Additionally,  we  expect  that  the  tax  cuts  will  be 
good  for  our  small  business  clients.  We  believe 
a  lightened  tax  burden  will  add  to  their  cash  flow 
and  stimulate  renewed  investment  opportunities. 
As  our  communities  and  small  businesses  look  to 
invest  those  gains,  Capital  City  Bank  will  be  here 
to support them with our business and commercial 
banking products and services. 

Second, we expect the Federal Reserve to continue 
raising  interest  rates  in  2018.  Our  asset-sensitive 
balance  sheet  and  strong  core  deposit  base  are 
distinct advantages, which we expect will position 
us  well  for  rising  rates.  As  rates  rise,  the  earnings 
power  embedded  in  our  balance  sheet  will  drive 
higher net interest income. 

Financial Highlights

($ in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

For the Year

Net Income

Per Common Share Data

Net Income - Basic

Net Income - Diluted

Book Value 

Key Ratios

Return on Average Assets

Return on Average Equity

Net Interest Margin

Total Capital

Tier 1 Leverage

Tangible Capital

Balance Sheet Data

2017

2016

$ 10,863(1)

$11,746

$0.64

0.64

16.65

0.39%

3.83%

3.37%

17.10%

10.47%

7.09%

$0.69

0.69

16.23

0.43%

4.22%

3.25%

16.28%

10.23%

6.90%

2015

$9,116

$0.53

0.53

15.93

0.34%

3.31%

3.31%

17.25%

10.65%

6.99%

Average Loans

$1,618,583

$1,542,232

$1,474,833

Average Earning Assets

2,502,231

2,432,392

2,324,854

Average Total Assets

2,816,098

2,752,309

2,659,317

Average Non-Interest Bearing Deposits

832,477

785,689

715,883

Average Deposits

2,371,871

2,282,785

2,163,441

Average Shareowners’ Equity

283,404

278,335

275,144

(1) Includes $4.1 million, or $0.24 per diluted share, income tax expense adjustment related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

Board of Directors

William G. Smith, Jr.
Chairman, President 
and Chief Executive Officer
Capital City Bank Group, Inc.
Serving Since 1982

Frederick Carroll, III
Tax Professional
Carroll and Company, CPAs
Serving Since 2003

J. Everitt Drew
President
SouthGroup Equities, Inc.
Serving Since 2003

Laura Johnson
Chief Executive Officer
Coton Colors
Serving Since 2017

Thomas A. Barron
President
Capital City Bank
Serving Since 1982

Allan G. Bense
Partner
GAC Contractors
Serving Since 2013

Stanley W. Connally, Jr.
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer
Gulf Power Company
Serving Since 2017

Cader B. Cox, III
Chairman and Secretary
Riverview Plantation, Inc. 
Serving Since 1994

Eric Grant
President
Municipal Code Corporation
Serving Since 2017

Dr. Henry Lewis III
President
Tuskegee Homes, LLC
Serving Since 2003

John K. Humphress
Partner
Wadsworth, Humphress, 
Hollar & Konrad, PA
Serving Since 1994

John G. Sample, Jr.
Senior Vice President  
and Chief Financial Officer
Atlantic American Corporation
Serving Since 2016

Senior Management

William G. Smith, Jr.
Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer
39 years of service

Thomas A. Barron
President
43 years of service

J. Kimbrough Davis
Chief Financial Officer 
36 years of service

Thomas W. Allen
Residential Mortgage
9 years of service

Clif E. Bradley
Community Banking
40 years of service

Randall H. Lashua
Omni Channel Delivery
11 years of service

Ramsay H. Sims
Metro Banking
7 years of service

Edward G. Canup
Co-Chief Operating Officer
34 years of service

William L. Moor, Jr.
Wealth Management
30 years of service 

Cheryl B. Thompson
Business Support Services
13 years of service

Bethany H. Corum
Co-Chief Operating Officer
11 years of service

Kyle D. Phelps
Commercial Banking
10 years of service

Dale A. Thompson
Credit Administration
38 years of service

Brooke W. Hallock
Marketing
13 years of service

B. Randall Sharpton
Internal Audit
38 years of service

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC  20549
____________________

FORM 10-K

[X]

[  ]

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____________ to ____________

Florida
(State of Incorporation)

0-13358
(Commission File Number)

59-2273542
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

217 North Monroe Street, Tallahassee, Florida
(Address of principal executive offices)

32301
(Zip Code)

(850) 402-7821
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [   ] No  [ X ]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes [   ] No [ X ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ]  No  [   ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes [ X ]  No  [   ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ X ]  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. 
See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act

Large accelerated filer [   ]

Accelerated filer  [ X ]

Non-accelerated filer   [   ]

Smaller reporting company [   ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [  ]  No  [ X ]

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2017, the 
last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $224,913,203 (based on the closing sales price 
of the registrant’s common stock on that date). Shares of the registrant’s common stock held by each officer and director and each person known to 
the registrant to own 10% or more of the outstanding voting power of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be 
affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for other purposes.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

Outstanding at February 28, 2018
17,038,859

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held on April 24, 2018, are incorporated by reference in Part III.

CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT FOR 2017 ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

   Business
   Risk Factors
   Unresolved Staff Comments
   Properties
   Legal Proceedings
  Mine Safety Disclosure 

PART II

Item 5.

   Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareowner Matters, and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities

Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

   Selected Financial Data
   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
   Controls and Procedures
   Other Information

PART III   

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

   Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
   Executive Compensation
   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareowner Matters
   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
   Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV   

Item 15.
Item 16.

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
   Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

PAGE

4
20
27
27
27
 27

28
30
32
62
63
109
109
109

111
111
111
111
111

112
113

114

2

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
INTRODUCTORY NOTE

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements about our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, 
expectations, estimates and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various 
factors, many of which are beyond our control.  The words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” 
“expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “vision,” “goal,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties.  Our actual future results may differ materially 
from those set forth in our forward-looking statements.

In addition to those risks discussed in this Annual Report under Item 1A Risk Factors, factors that could cause our actual results to 
differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, include, without limitation:
































our ability to successfully manage interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and other risks inherent to our industry;
legislative or regulatory changes, including the Dodd-Frank Act, Basel III, and the ability to repay and qualified 
mortgage standards;
the effects of security breaches and computer viruses that may affect our computer systems or fraud related to our debit 
card products;
the accuracy of our financial statement estimates and assumptions, including the estimates used for our loan loss reserve 
and deferred tax asset valuation allowance and pension plan;
the frequency and magnitude of foreclosure of our loans;
the effects of our lack of a diversified loan portfolio, including the risks of geographic and industry concentrations;
the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct 
operations; 
our ability to declare and pay dividends, the payment of which is subject to our capital requirements;
changes in the securities and real estate markets;
changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government;
inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations;
the effects of harsh weather conditions, including hurricanes, and man-made disasters;
our ability to comply with the extensive laws and regulations to which we are subject, including the laws for each 
jurisdiction where we operate; 
the willingness of clients to accept third-party products and services rather than our products and services and vice versa;
increased competition and its effect on pricing;
technological changes;
negative publicity and the impact on our reputation;
changes in consumer spending and saving habits;
growth and profitability of our noninterest income;
changes in accounting principles, policies, practices or guidelines;
the limited trading activity of our common stock;
the concentration of ownership of our common stock;
anti-takeover provisions under federal and state law as well as our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws;
other risks described from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and
our ability to manage the risks involved in the foregoing.

However, other factors besides those listed in Item 1A Risk Factors or discussed in this Annual Report also could adversely affect our 
results, and you should not consider any such list of factors to be a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties.  Any forward-
looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made.  We do not undertake to update any forward-
looking statement, except as required by applicable law.

3

 
PART I

Item 1.

 Business

General

About Us

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (“CCBG”) is a financial holding company headquartered in Tallahassee, Florida. CCBG was 
incorporated under Florida law on December 13, 1982, to acquire five national banks and one state bank that all subsequently became 
part of CCBG’s bank subsidiary, Capital City Bank (“CCB” or the “Bank”). The Bank commenced operations in 1895. In this report, 
the terms “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” mean CCBG and all subsidiaries included in our consolidated financial statements.

We provide traditional deposit and credit services, asset management, trust, mortgage banking, merchant services, bank cards, data 
processing, and securities brokerage services through 59 banking offices in Florida, Georgia, and Alabama operated by CCB. The 
majority of our revenue, approximately 88%, is derived from our Florida market areas while approximately 11% and 1% of our 
revenue is derived from our Georgia and Alabama market areas, respectively.

Below is a summary of our financial condition and results of operations for the past three years.  Our financial condition and results of 
operations are more fully discussed in our management discussion and analysis on page 32 and our consolidated financial statements 
on page 66.

Dollars in millions
Year Ended 
December 31, 
2017

2016

2015

Assets
$2,898.8 

$2,845.2 

$2,797.9 

Deposits
$2,469.9 

$2,412.3 

$2,302.8 

Shareowners’ 
Equity
$284.2 

$275.2 

$274.4 

Revenue(1)
$138.7 

$134.8 

$133.7 

Net Income
$10.9 

$11.7 

$9.1 

(1)Revenue represents interest income plus noninterest income

Dividends and management fees received from the Bank are CCBG’s primary source of income. Dividend payments by the Bank to 
CCBG depend on the capitalization, earnings and projected growth of the Bank, and are limited by various regulatory restrictions, 
including compliance with a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 Capital conservation buffer.  See the section entitled “Regulatory 
Matters” in this Item 1 and Note 14 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the restrictions.

We had a total of 825 associates at March 1, 2018.  Item 6 contains other financial and statistical information about us.

Subsidiaries of CCBG

CCBG’s principal asset is the capital stock of CCB, our wholly owned banking subsidiary, which accounted for nearly 100% of 
consolidated assets at December 31, 2017, and approximately 100% of consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 
2017.  In addition to our banking subsidiary, CCB has three primary wholly owned subsidiaries, Capital City Trust Company, Capital 
City Banc Investments, Inc., and Capital City Services Company. The nature of these subsidiaries is provided below.

Operating Segment

We have one reportable segment with four principal services: Banking Services (CCB), Data Processing Services (Capital City 
Services Company), Trust and Asset Management Services (Capital City Trust Company), and Brokerage Services (Capital City Banc 
Investments, Inc.).  Revenues from each of these principal services for the year ended 2017 totaled approximately 93.6%, 0.5%, 3.6%, 
and 2.3% of our total revenue, respectively.  In 2016 and 2015, Banking Services (CCB) revenue was approximately 93.7% and 
93.8% of our total revenue for each respective year.  

Capital City Bank

CCB is a Florida-chartered full-service bank engaged in the commercial and retail banking business. Significant services offered by 
the Bank include:

4

 












Business Banking – We provide banking services to corporations and other business clients. Credit products are available for 
a wide variety of general business purposes, including financing for commercial business properties, equipment, inventories 
and accounts receivable, as well as commercial leasing and letters of credit. We also provide treasury management services, 
and, through a marketing alliance with Elavon, Inc., merchant credit card transaction processing services.

Commercial Real Estate Lending – We provide a wide range of products to meet the financing needs of commercial 
developers and investors, residential builders and developers, and community development. Credit products are available to 
purchase land and build structures for business use and for investors who are developing residential or commercial property.

Residential Real Estate Lending – We provide products to help meet the home financing needs of consumers, including 
conventional permanent and construction/ permanent (fixed, adjustable, or variable rate) financing arrangements, and 
FHA/VA loan products. We offer both fixed-rate and adjustable rate residential mortgage (ARM) loans. A portion of our 
loans originated are sold into the secondary market. We offer these products through its existing network of banking offices. 
We do not originate subprime residential real estate loans.

Retail Credit – We provide a full-range of loan products to meet the needs of consumers, including personal loans, 
automobile loans, boat/RV loans, home equity loans, and through a marketing alliance with ELAN, we offer credit card 
programs.

Institutional Banking – We provide banking services to meet the needs of state and local governments, public schools and 
colleges, charities, membership and not-for-profit associations including customized checking and savings accounts, cash 
management systems, tax-exempt loans, lines of credit, and term loans.

Retail Banking – We provide a full-range of consumer banking services, including checking accounts, savings programs, 
automated teller machines (ATMs), debit/credit cards, night deposit services, safe deposit facilities, online banking, and 
mobile banking. Our clients can use Capital City Bank Direct, which offers a “live” call center between the hours of 8 a.m. to 
6 p.m., Monday through Friday, and from 9 a.m. to 12 noon on Saturday. The call center can also be accessed via live chat 
through the internet between the hours of 7 a.m. to 10 p.m., Monday through Friday, and from 9 a.m. to 12 noon on Saturday. 
Capital City Bank Direct also offers an automated phone system offering 24-hour access to client deposit and loan account 
information and transfer of funds between linked accounts.  We are a member of the “Star”, “Plus” and “Presto” ATM 
Networks that permit banking clients to access cash at ATMs or “point-of-sale” merchants.

Capital City Trust Company

Capital City Trust Company (the “Trust Company”) is the investment management arm of CCB. The Trust Company provides asset 
management for individuals through agency, personal trust, IRA, and personal investment management accounts. Associations, 
endowments, and other nonprofit entities hire the Trust Company to manage their investment portfolios. Additionally, a staff of well-
trained professionals serves individuals requiring the services of a trustee, personal representative, or a guardian. The market value of 
trust assets under discretionary management exceeded $805.5 million as of December 31, 2017, with total assets under administration 
exceeding $869.9 million.

Capital City Banc Investments, Inc.

Capital City Banc Investments, Inc. formerly offered our customers access to retail investment products through INVEST Financial 
Corporation, a member of FINRA and SIPC. CCB recently entered into an agreement with LPL Financial pursuant to which retail 
investment products would be offered through LPL. LPL offers a full line of retail securities products, including U.S. Government 
bonds, tax-free municipal bonds, stocks, mutual funds, unit investment trusts, annuities, life insurance and long-term health care. Non-
deposit investment and insurance products are: (i) not FDIC insured; (ii) not deposits, obligations, or guarantees by any bank; and (iii) 
subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal amount invested.  We are not an affiliate of LPL Financial.

Capital City Services Company

Until recently, Capital City Services Company (the “Services Company”) provided data processing services to financial institutions 
(including CCB), government agencies, and commercial clients located in North Florida and South Georgia.  The Services 
Company’s last remaining client discontinued services in the fourth quarter of 2017.

5

Underwriting Standards

One of our core goals is to support the communities in which we operate. We seek loans from within our primary market area, which 
is defined as the counties in which our banking offices are located.  We will also originate loans within our secondary market area, 
defined as counties adjacent to those in which we have banking offices.  There may also be occasions when we will have 
opportunities to make loans that are out of both the primary and secondary market areas, including participation loans. These loans are 
generally only approved if the applicant is known to us, underwriting is consistent with our criteria, and the applicant’s primary 
business is in or near our primary or secondary market area. Approval of all loans is subject to our policies and standards described in 
more detail below.

We have adopted comprehensive lending policies, underwriting standards and loan review procedures. Management and our Board of 
Directors reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis (at least annually).

Management has also implemented reporting systems designed to monitor loan originations, loan quality, concentrations of credit, 
loan delinquencies, nonperforming loans, and potential problem loans. Our management and the Credit Risk Oversight Committee 
periodically review our lines of business to monitor asset quality trends and the appropriateness of credit policies. In addition, total 
borrower exposure limits are established and concentration risk is monitored. As part of this process, the overall composition of the 
portfolio is reviewed to gauge diversification of risk, client concentrations, industry group, loan type, geographic area, or other 
relevant classifications of loans.  Specific segments of the portfolio are monitored and reported to our Board on a quarterly basis and 
we have strategic plans in place to supplement Board approved credit policies governing exposure limits and underwriting standards. 
We recognize that exceptions to the below-listed policy guidelines may occasionally occur and has established procedures for 
approving exceptions to these policy guidelines.

Residential Real Estate Loans 

We originate 1-4 family, owner-occupied residential real estate loans in its Residential Real Estate line of business. Our policy is to 
underwrite these loans in accordance with secondary market guidelines in effect at the time of origination, including loan-to-value 
(“LTV”) and documentation requirements. We originate fixed-rate, adjustable-rate and variable- rate residential real estate loans. Over 
the past five years, the vast majority of residential loan originations have been fixed-rate loans which are sold in the secondary market 
on a non-recourse basis with related servicing rights (i.e., we generally do not service sold loans).  Adjustable rate mortgage (“ARM”) 
loans with an initial fixed interest rate period greater than five years are also sold in the secondary market on a non-recourse basis. 

We also originate certain residential real estate loans throughout its banking office network that are generally not eligible for sale into 
the secondary market due to not meeting a specific secondary market underwriting requirement. This includes our variable rate 3/1 
and 5/1 ARM loans which typically have a maximum term of 30 years and maximum LTV of 80%.

Residential real estate loans also include home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”) and home equity loans. Our home equity portfolio 
includes revolving open-ended equity loans with interest-only or minimal monthly principal payments and closed-end amortizing 
loans. Open-ended equity loans typically have an interest only 10-year draw period followed by a five year repayment period of 
0.75% of principal balance monthly and balloon payment at maturity.  As of December 31, 2017, approximately 66% of our 
residential home equity loan portfolio consisted of first mortgages.  Interest rates may be fixed or adjustable.  Adjustable-rate loans 
are tied to the Prime Rate with a typical margin of 1.0% or more.

Commercial Loans

Our policy sets forth guidelines for debt service coverage ratios, LTV ratios and documentation standards. Commercial loans are 
primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower with consideration given to underlying collateral and personal or other 
guarantees. We have established debt service coverage ratio limits that require a borrower’s cash flow to be sufficient to cover 
principal and interest payments on all new and existing debt. The majority of our commercial loans are secured by the assets being 
financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory.  Many of the loans in the commercial portfolio have 
variable interest rates tied to the Prime Rate or U.S. Treasury indices.

Commercial Real Estate Loans

We have adopted guidelines for debt service coverage ratios, LTV ratios and documentation standards for commercial real estate 
loans. These loans are primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower with consideration given to underlying real 
estate collateral and personal guarantees. Our policy establishes a maximum LTV specific to property type and minimum debt service 
coverage ratio limits that require a borrower’s cash flow to be sufficient to cover principal and interest payments on all new and 
existing debt. Commercial real estate loans may be fixed or variable-rate loans with interest rates tied to the Prime Rate or U.S. 
Treasury indices. We require appraisals for loans in excess of $250,000 that are secured by real property. 

6

 
 
Consumer Loans

Our consumer loan portfolio includes personal installment loans, direct and indirect automobile financing, and overdraft lines of 
credit. The majority of the consumer loan portfolio consists of indirect and direct automobile loans. The majority of our consumer 
loans are short-term and have fixed rates of interest that are priced based on current market interest rates and the financial strength of 
the borrower. Our policy establishes maximum debt-to-income ratios, minimum credit scores, and includes guidelines for verification 
of applicants’ income and receipt of credit reports.

Lending Limits and Extensions of Additional Credit

We have established an internal lending limit of $10.0 million for the total aggregate amount of credit that will be extended to a client 
and any related entities within its Board approved policies. This compares to our legal lending limit of approximately $81 million. In 
practice, we seek to maintain an internal lending limit of $10 million (aggregate exposure to one borrowing relationship) which we 
believe helps us maintain a well-diversified loan portfolio.

Loan Modification and Restructuring

In the normal course of business, we receive requests from our clients to renew, extend, refinance, or otherwise modify their current 
loan obligations. In most cases, this may be the result of a balloon maturity that is common in most commercial loan agreements, a 
request to refinance to obtain current market rates of interest, competitive reasons, or the conversion of a construction loan to a 
permanent financing structure at the completion or stabilization of the property. In these cases, the request is held to the normal 
underwriting standards and pricing strategies as any other loan request, whether new or renewal.

In other cases, we may modify a loan because of a reduction in debt service capacity experienced by the client (i.e., a potentially 
troubled loan whereby the client may be experiencing financial difficulties). To maximize the collection of loan balances, we evaluate 
troubled loans on a case-by-case basis to determine if a loan modification would be appropriate. We pursue loan modifications when 
there is a reasonable chance that an appropriate modification would allow our client to continue servicing the debt.

Expansion of Business

Our philosophy is to build long-term client relationships based on quality service, high ethical standards, and safe and sound banking 
practices.  We maintain a locally oriented, community-based focus, which is augmented by experienced, centralized support in select 
specialized areas.  Our local market orientation is reflected in our network of banking office locations, experienced community 
executives with a dedicated President for each market, and community boards which support our focus on responding to local banking 
needs.  We strive to offer a broad array of sophisticated products and to provide quality service by empowering associates to make 
decisions in their local markets.

We have sought to build a franchise in small-to medium-sized, less competitive markets, located on the outskirts of the larger 
metropolitan markets where we are positioned as a market leader.  Many of our markets are on the outskirts of these larger markets in 
close proximity to major interstate thoroughfares such as Interstates I-10 and I-75.  Our three largest markets are Tallahassee (Leon-
Florida), Gainesville (Alachua-Florida), and Macon (Bibb-Georgia).  In 13 of 19 markets in Florida and two of four markets in 
Georgia, we rank within the top four banks in terms of market share.  Furthermore, in the counties in which we operate, we maintain a 
9.82% market share in the Florida counties and 5.57% in the Georgia counties, suggesting that there is significant opportunity to grow 
market share within these geographic areas.  The larger employers in many of our markets are state and local governments, healthcare 
providers, educational institutions, and small businesses.  While we realize that the markets in our footprint do not provide for a level 
of potential growth that the larger metropolitan markets may provide, our markets do provide good growth dynamics and have 
historically grown in excess of the national average  The value of these markets stems from the fact they are stable and less 
competitive, secondary markets.  We strive to provide value added services to our clients by being not just their bank, but their banker.  
This element of our strategy distinguishes Capital City Bank from our competitors.           

Our long-term vision remains to profitably expand our franchise through a combination of organic growth in existing markets and 
acquisitions.  We have long understood that our core deposit funding base is a predominant driver of our profitability and overall 
franchise value, and have focused extensively on this component of our organic growth efforts in recent years.  While we have not 
been an active acquirer of banks since 2005, this component of our strategy is still in place.  When evaluating potential acquisition 
opportunities, we will continue to weigh the value of organic growth initiatives versus potential acquisition returns and pursue the 
strategies that we believe provide the best overall return to our shareowners.

7

Potential acquisition opportunities will continue to be focused on Florida, Georgia, and Alabama with a particular focus on financial 
institutions located on the outskirts of larger, metropolitan areas.  Five markets have been identified, four in Florida and one in 
Georgia, in which management intends to proactively pursue expansion opportunities.  These markets include Alachua, Marion, 
Hernando/Pasco counties in Florida, the western panhandle of Florida, and Bibb and surrounding counties in central Georgia.  Our 
focus on some of these markets may change as we continue to evaluate our strategy and the economic conditions and demographics of 
any individual market.  We will also continue to evaluate de novo expansion opportunities in attractive new markets in the event that 
acquisition opportunities are not feasible.  Other expansion opportunities that will be evaluated include asset management, mortgage 
banking, and other financial businesses that are closely aligned with the business of banking.  Embedded in our acquisition strategy is 
our desire to partner with institutions that are culturally similar, have experienced management and possess either established market 
presence or have potential for improved profitability through growth, economies of scale, or expanded services.  Generally, these 
target institutions will range in asset size from $100 million to $500 million.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive environment, especially with respect to services and pricing. In addition, the banking business is 
experiencing enormous changes. Since January 1, 2009, over 500 financial institutions have failed in the U.S., including 85 in Georgia 
and 70 in Florida. Nearly all of the failed banks were community banks. The assets and deposits of many of these failed community 
banks were acquired mostly by larger financial institutions.  The market has stabilized since the downturn in 2008. In late 2016, the 
first de novo bank charter in Florida since 2009 was approved and opened for business in the third quarter of 2017. However, we 
expect consolidation to continue during 2018, substantially through traditional merger and acquisition activity. We believe that the 
larger financial institutions acquiring banks in our market areas are less familiar with the markets in which we operate and typically 
target a different client base. We believe clients who bank at community banks tend to prefer the relationship style service of 
community banks compared to larger banks.

As a result, we expect to be able to effectively compete in our markets with larger financial institutions through providing superior 
customer service and leveraging our knowledge and experience in providing banking products and services in our market areas. Thus, 
a further reduction of the number of community banks could continue to enhance our competitive position and opportunities in many 
of our markets. However, larger financial institutions can benefit from economies of scale. Therefore, these larger institutions may be 
able to offer banking products and services at more competitive prices than us. Additionally, these larger financial institutions may 
offer financial products that we do not offer.

Our primary market area consists of 20 counties in Florida, four counties in Georgia, and one county in Alabama. In these markets, we 
compete against a wide range of banking and nonbanking institutions including banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, 
money market funds, mutual fund advisory companies, mortgage banking companies, investment banking companies, finance 
companies and other types of financial institutions. Most of Florida’s major banking concerns have a presence in Leon County, where 
our main office is located.  Our Leon County deposits totaled $967.2 million, or 39.2% of our consolidated deposits at December 31, 
2017.

8

The table below depicts our market share percentage within each county, based on commercial bank deposits within the county.

Market Share as of June 30,(1)
2016

2017

2015

4.9%
42.5%
3.5%
2.2%
22.1%
78.9%
44.4%
16.4%
2.3%
21.9%
12.5%
28.3%
14.9%
20.8%
0.7%
7.8%
19.7%
14.2%
14.1%

3.2%
13.7%
9.3%
5.9%

4.9%
46.1%
3.5%
1.9%
15.2%
77.7%
46.8%
15.5%
2.1%
22.5%
13.9%
29.2%
14.2%
21.3%
0.8%
7.6%
18.0%
14.5%
14.2%

3.2%
13.4%
9.3%
5.4%

4.7%
49.9%
3.5%
1.9%
15.8%
77.4%
45.5%
13.9%
1.9%
21.9%
13.2%
27.1%
13.2%
19.6%
0.8%
8.2%
19.0%
14.8%
12.9%

3.4%
14.1%
9.6%
6.1%

9.1%

9.2%

8.6%

County
Florida
     Alachua
     Bradford
     Citrus
     Clay
     Dixie
     Gadsden
     Gilchrist
     Gulf
     Hernando
     Jefferson
     Leon
     Levy
     Madison
     Putnam
     St. Johns
     Suwannee
     Taylor
     Wakulla
     Washington
Georgia
     Bibb
     Grady
     Laurens
     Troup
Alabama
     Chambers

(1) Obtained from the FDIC Summary of Deposits Report for the year indicated.

9

The following table sets forth the number of commercial banks and offices, including our offices and our competitor's offices, within
each of the respective counties.

County
Florida
     Alachua
     Bradford
     Citrus
     Clay
     Dixie
     Gadsden
     Gilchrist
     Gulf
     Hernando
     Jefferson
     Leon
     Levy
     Madison
     Pasco
     Putnam
     St. Johns
     Suwannee
     Taylor
     Wakulla
     Washington
Georgia
     Bibb
     Grady
     Laurens
     Troup
Alabama
     Chambers

Number of 
Commercial 
Banks

Number of 
Commercial 
Bank Offices

18
3
12
13
3
2
4
3
13
2
16
2
3
20
6
22
5
3
4
6

12
5
10
11

6

62
3
40
31
4
3
6
4
35
2
75
11
3
99
11
66
8
4
4
6

43
7
20
20

9

 Data obtained from the FDIC June 30, 2017 Summary of Deposits Report.

Seasonality

We believe our commercial banking operations are not generally seasonal in nature; however, public deposits tend to increase with tax 
collections in the fourth and first quarters of each year and decline with spending thereafter.

10

Regulatory Considerations

We must comply with state and federal banking laws and regulations that control virtually all aspects of our operations. These laws 
and regulations generally aim to protect our depositors, not necessarily our shareowners or our creditors. Any changes in applicable 
laws or regulations may materially affect our business and prospects. Proposed legislative or regulatory changes may also affect our 
operations. The following description summarizes some of the laws and regulations to which we are subject. References to applicable 
statutes and regulations are brief summaries, do not purport to be complete, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such 
statutes and regulations. 

The Company

We are registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding 
Company Act of 1956. As a result, we are subject to supervisory regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. The Gramm-
Leach-Bliley Act, the Bank Holding Company Act, and other federal laws subject financial holding companies to particular 
restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including 
regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. 

Permitted Activities

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act modernized the U.S. banking system by: (i) allowing bank holding companies that qualify as “financial 
holding companies,” such as CCBG, to engage in a broad range of financial and related activities; (ii) allowing insurers and other 
financial service companies to acquire banks; (iii) removing restrictions that applied to bank holding company ownership of securities 
firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and (iv) establishing the overall regulatory scheme applicable to bank holding companies 
that also engage in insurance and securities operations. The general effect of the law was to establish a comprehensive framework to 
permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms, and other financial service providers. Activities 
that are financial in nature are broadly defined to include not only banking, insurance, and securities activities, but also merchant 
banking and additional activities that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines to be 
financial in nature, incidental to such financial activities, or complementary activities that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety 
and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. 

In contrast to financial holding companies, bank holding companies are limited to managing or controlling banks, furnishing services 
to or performing services for its subsidiaries, and engaging in other activities that the Federal Reserve determines by regulation or 
order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In determining whether a 
particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve must consider whether the performance of such an activity reasonably can be 
expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects. Possible benefits include greater convenience, 
increased competition, and gains in efficiency. Possible adverse effects include undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair 
competition, conflicts of interest, and unsound banking practices. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve may order a bank 
holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal 
Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that 
bank holding company may result from such an activity.

Changes in Control

Subject to certain exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with the applicable 
regulations, require Federal Reserve approval (or, depending on the circumstances, no notice of disapproval) prior to any person or 
company acquiring “control” of a bank or bank holding company. A conclusive presumption of control exists if an individual or 
company acquires the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of an insured depository institution or to vote 
25% or more of any class of voting securities of any insured depository institution. A rebuttable presumption of control exists if a 
person or company acquires 10% or more but less than 25% of any class of voting securities of an insured depository institution and 
either the institution has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which we will refer to as the 
Exchange Act, or no other person will own a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the acquisition. Our 
common stock is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. 

The Federal Reserve Board maintains a policy statement on minority equity investments in banks and bank holding companies, that 
generally permits investors to (i) acquire up to 33% of the total equity of a target bank or bank holding company, subject to certain 
conditions, including (but not limited to) that the investing firm does not acquire 15% or more of any class of voting securities, and 
(ii) designate at least one director, without triggering the various regulatory requirements associated with control.

11

As a financial holding company, we are required to obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve before (i) acquiring all or 
substantially all of the assets of a bank or bank holding company, (ii) acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 
5% of the outstanding voting stock of any bank or bank holding company (unless we own a majority of such bank’s voting shares), or 
(iii) merging or consolidating with any other bank or bank holding company. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank 
acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits 
expected to be received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring 
institution’s record of addressing the credit needs of the communities it serves, including the needs of low and moderate income 
neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank, under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977. 

Under Florida law, a person or entity proposing to directly or indirectly acquire control of a Florida bank must also obtain permission 
from the Florida Office of Financial Regulation. Florida statutes define “control” as either (i) indirectly or directly owning, controlling 
or having power to vote 25% or more of the voting securities of a bank; (ii) controlling the election of a majority of directors of a 
bank; (iii) owning, controlling, or having power to vote 10% or more of the voting securities as well as directly or indirectly exercising 
a controlling influence over management or policies of a bank; or (iv) as determined by the Florida Office of Financial Regulation. 
These requirements will affect us because CCB is chartered under Florida law and changes in control of CCBG are indirect changes in 
control of CCB.

Tying

Financial holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, such as extending credit, to 
other services or products offered by the holding company or its affiliates, such as deposit products.

Capital; Dividends; Source of Strength

The Federal Reserve imposes certain capital requirements on financial holding companies under the Bank Holding Company Act, 
including a minimum leverage ratio and a minimum ratio of “qualifying” capital to risk-weighted assets. These requirements are 
described below under “Capital Regulations.” Subject to its capital requirements and certain other restrictions, we are generally able to 
borrow money to make a capital contribution to CCB, and such loans may be repaid from dividends paid from CCB to us. We are also 
able to raise capital for contributions to CCB by issuing securities without having to receive regulatory approval, subject to 
compliance with federal and state securities laws.

In accordance with Federal Reserve policy, which has been codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, we are expected to act as a source of 
financial strength to CCB and to commit resources to support CCB in circumstances in which we might not otherwise do so. In 
furtherance of this policy, the Federal Reserve may require a financial holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control 
of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such activity or 
control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any subsidiary depository institution of the financial holding 
company. Further, federal bank regulatory authorities have additional discretion to require a financial holding company to divest itself 
of any bank or nonbank subsidiary if the agency determines that divestiture may aid the depository institution’s financial condition. 

Capital City Bank

Capital City Bank is a state-chartered commercial banking institution that is chartered by and headquartered in the State of Florida, 
and is subject to supervision and regulation by the Florida Office of Financial Regulation. The Florida Office of Financial Regulation 
supervises and regulates all areas of our operations including, without limitation, the making of loans, the issuance of securities, the 
conduct of our corporate affairs, the satisfaction of capital adequacy requirements, the payment of dividends, and the establishment or 
closing of banking centers. We are also a member bank of the Federal Reserve System, which makes our operations subject to broad 
federal regulation and oversight by the Federal Reserve. In addition, our deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC up to the maximum 
extent permitted by law, and the FDIC has certain enforcement powers over us. 

As a state-chartered bank in the State of Florida, we are empowered by statute, subject to the limitations contained in those statutes, to 
take and pay interest on, savings and time deposits, to accept demand deposits, to make loans on residential and other real estate, to 
make consumer and commercial loans, to invest, with certain limitations, in equity securities and in debt obligations of banks and 
corporations and to provide various other banking services for the benefit of our clients. Various consumer laws and regulations also 
affect our operations, including state usury laws, laws relating to fiduciaries, consumer credit and equal credit opportunity laws, and 
fair credit reporting. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) prohibits insured 
state chartered institutions from conducting activities as principal that are not permitted for national banks. A bank, however, may 
engage in an otherwise prohibited activity if it meets its minimum capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity does 
not present a significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.

12

Reserves

The Federal Reserve requires all depository institutions to maintain reserves against transaction accounts (noninterest bearing and 
NOW checking accounts). The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve may be used to 
satisfy liquidity requirements. An institution may borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank “discount window” as a secondary source of 
funds, provided that the institution meets the Federal Reserve Bank’s credit standards.

Dividends

CCB is subject to legal limitations on the frequency and amount of dividends that can be paid to CCBG. The Federal Reserve may 
restrict the ability of CCB to pay dividends if such payments would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Additionally, as 
of January 1, 2018, financial institutions are being required to maintain a capital conservation buffer of at least 1.875% of risk-
weighted assets in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and other payments. If a financial institution’s capital 
conservation buffer falls below the minimum requirement, its maximum payout amount for capital distributions and discretionary 
payments declines to a set percentage of eligible retained income based on the size of the buffer. See “Capital Regulations,” below for 
additional details on this new capital requirement.

In addition, Florida law and Federal regulation also places restrictions on the declaration of dividends from state chartered banks to 
their holding companies. Pursuant to the Florida Financial Institutions Code, the board of directors of state-chartered banks, after 
charging off bad debts, depreciation and other worthless assets, if any, and making provisions for reasonably anticipated future losses 
on loans and other assets, may quarterly, semi-annually or annually declare a dividend of up to the aggregate net profits of that period 
combined with the bank’s retained net profits for the preceding two years and, with the approval of the Florida Office of Financial 
Regulation and Federal Reserve, declare a dividend from retained net profits which accrued prior to the preceding two years. Before 
declaring such dividends, 20% of the net profits for the preceding period as is covered by the dividend must be transferred to the 
surplus fund of the bank until this fund becomes equal to the amount of the bank’s common stock then issued and outstanding. A 
state-chartered bank may not declare any dividend if (i) its net income (loss) from the current year combined with the retained net 
income (loss) for the preceding two years aggregates a loss or (ii) the payment of such dividend would cause the capital account of the 
bank to fall below the minimum amount required by law, regulation, order or any written agreement with the Florida Office of 
Financial Regulation or a federal regulatory agency.

Insurance of Accounts and Other Assessments 

Our deposit accounts are currently insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately 
insured depositor. We pay deposit insurance assessments to the Deposit Insurance Fund, which are determined through a risk-based 
assessment system. 

Under the current system, deposit insurance assessments are based on a bank’s assessment base, which is defined as average total 
assets minus average tangible equity.  The FDIC assigns an institution to one of two categories based on asset size.  We fall into the 
Established Small Institution category.  This category has three sub categories based on supervisory ratings (its “CAMELS ratings”) 
designed to measure risk.  In determining the applicable assessment rate, the initial base assessment is determined based on the risk-
based sub category into which the bank falls. The applicable sub category is determined based on the institution’s most recent 
supervisory and capital evaluations. The total base assessment rate is then determined by adjusting the initial base assessment rate by 
an unsecured debt adjustment and brokered deposit adjustment, if applicable, and the deposit insurance assessment is calculated by 
multiplying the bank’s assessment base by the total base assessment rate.

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC at a current annual rate of approximately five 
tenths of a basis point of its assessment base to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the 
federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. The Financing Corporation 
assessment rate is adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the assessment base as determined from the quarterly Call Report 
submissions. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2017 through 2019.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has 
engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable 
law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. 

13

Transactions With Affiliates

Pursuant to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W, the authority of CCB to engage in transactions with 
related parties or “affiliates” or to make loans to insiders is limited. Loan transactions with an affiliate generally must be collateralized 
and certain transactions between CCB and its affiliates, including the sale of assets, the payment of money or the provision of services, 
must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to CCB, as those prevailing for comparable 
nonaffiliated transactions. In addition, CCB generally may not purchase securities issued or underwritten by affiliates. 

Loans to executive officers, directors or to any person who directly or indirectly, or acting through or in concert with one or more 
persons, owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities of a bank, which we refer to as “10% 
Shareowners,” or to any political or campaign committee the funds or services of which will benefit those executive officers, directors, 
or 10% Shareowners or which is controlled by those executive officers, directors or 10% Shareowners, are subject to Sections 22(g) 
and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and their corresponding regulations (Regulation O) and Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act 
relating to the prohibition on personal loans to executives (which exempts financial institutions in compliance with the insider lending 
restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act). Among other things, these loans must be made on terms substantially the 
same as those prevailing on transactions made to unaffiliated individuals and certain extensions of credit to those persons must first be 
approved in advance by a disinterested majority of the entire board of directors. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act prohibits 
loans to any of those individuals where the aggregate amount exceeds an amount equal to 15% of an institution’s unimpaired capital 
and surplus plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus in the case of loans that are fully secured by readily marketable 
collateral, or when the aggregate amount on all of the extensions of credit outstanding to all of these persons would exceed our 
unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Section 22(g) identifies limited circumstances in which we are permitted to extend credit 
to executive officers. 

Community Reinvestment Act

The Community Reinvestment Act and its corresponding regulations are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of 
the communities they serve, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. 
These regulations provide for regulatory assessment of a bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of its market area. Federal banking 
agencies are required to publicly disclose each bank’s rating under the Community Reinvestment Act. The Federal Reserve considers 
a bank’s Community Reinvestment Act rating when the bank submits an application to establish bank branches, merge with another 
bank, or acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of another bank. In the case of a financial holding company, the Community 
Reinvestment Act performance record of all banks involved in a merger or acquisition are reviewed in connection with the application 
to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with another bank or bank holding company. An 
unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction. We received a satisfactory rating on its most recent Community 
Reinvestment Act assessment. 

Capital Regulations

The federal banking regulators have adopted risk-based, capital adequacy guidelines for financial holding companies and their 
subsidiary banks based on the Basel III standards. Under these guidelines, assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to specific 
risk categories each with designated risk weightings. The new risk-based capital guidelines are designed to make regulatory capital 
requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet 
exposure, to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets, and to achieve greater consistency in evaluating the capital adequacy of 
major banks throughout the world. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-
balance sheet items. Final rules implementing the capital adequacy guidelines became effective January 1, 2015 for community banks. 
These final rules represent a significant change to the prior general risk-based capital rules and are designed to substantially conform 
to the Basel III international standards. 

In computing total risk-weighted assets, bank and bank holding company assets are given risk-weights of 0%, 20%, 50%, 100% and 
150%. In addition, certain off-balance sheet items are given similar credit conversion factors to convert them to asset equivalent 
amounts to which an appropriate risk-weight will apply. Most loans will be assigned to the 100% risk category, except for performing 
first mortgage loans fully secured by 1- to 4-family and certain multi-family residential property, which carry a 50% risk rating. Most 
investment securities (including, primarily, general obligation claims on states or other political subdivisions of the United States) will 
be assigned to the 20% category, except for municipal or state revenue bonds, which have a 50% risk-weight, and direct obligations of 
the U.S. Treasury or obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, which have a 0% risk-weight. In covering 
off-balance sheet items, direct credit substitutes, including general guarantees and standby letters of credit backing financial 
obligations, are given a 100% conversion factor. Transaction-related contingencies such as bid bonds, standby letters of credit backing 
nonfinancial obligations, and undrawn commitments (including commercial credit lines with an initial maturity of more than one year) 
have a 50% conversion factor. Short-term commercial letters of credit are converted at 20% and certain short-term unconditionally 
cancelable commitments have a 0% factor.

14

Under the final rules, minimum requirements increased for both the quality and quantity of capital held by banking organizations. In 
this respect, the final rules implement strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments and improves the methodology for 
calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity. Consistent with the international Basel III framework, the rules include a 
new minimum ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets of 4.5% and a Common Equity Tier 1 Capital 
conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The rules also raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets 
from 4% to 6% and include a minimum leverage ratio of 4% for all banking organizations. The implementation of the capital 
conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and will be phased in over a three-year period (increasing by 
0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019). If a financial institution’s capital conservation buffer 
falls below the minimum, capital distributions and discretionary payments will be limited or prohibited based on the size of the 
institution’s buffer.  The types of payments subject to this limitation include dividends, share buybacks, discretionary payments on 
Tier 1 instruments, and discretionary bonus payments.

The new capital regulations may also impact the treatment of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) for regulatory 
capital purposes. Under the new rules, AOCI generally flows through to regulatory capital, however, community banks and their 
holding companies may make a one-time irrevocable opt-out election to continue to treat AOCI the same as under the old regulations 
for regulatory capital purposes. This election was required to be made on the first call report or bank holding company annual report 
(on form FR Y-9C) filed after January 1, 2015. We made the opt-out election.  Additionally, the new rules also permit community 
banks with less than $15 billion in total assets to continue to count certain non-qualifying capital instruments issued prior to May 19, 
2010 as Tier 1 capital, including trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock (subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 
capital). However, non-qualifying capital instruments issued on or after May 19, 2010 do not qualify for Tier 1 capital treatment.

Federal law and regulations establish a capital-based regulatory scheme designed to promote early intervention for troubled banks and 
require the FDIC to choose the least expensive resolution of bank failures. The capital-based regulatory framework contains five 
categories of compliance with regulatory capital requirements, including “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” 
“undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” To qualify as a “well-capitalized” institution 
under the new rules in effect as of January 1, 2015, a bank must have a leverage ratio of not less than 5%, a Tier 1 Common Equity 
ratio of not less than 6.5%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of not less than 8%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 10%, and the 
bank must not be under any order or directive from the appropriate regulatory agency to meet and maintain a specific capital level.

Under the regulations, the applicable agency can treat an institution as if it were in the next lower category if the agency determines 
(after notice and an opportunity for hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or is engaging in an unsafe or 
unsound practice. The degree of regulatory scrutiny of a financial institution will increase, and the permissible activities of the 
institution will decrease, as it moves downward through the capital categories. Institutions that fall into one of the three 
undercapitalized categories may be required to (i) submit a capital restoration plan; (ii) raise additional capital; (iii) restrict their 
growth, deposit interest rates, and other activities; (iv) improve their management; (v) eliminate management fees; or (vi) divest 
themselves of all or a part of their operations. It should be noted that the minimum ratios referred to above are merely guidelines and 
the bank regulators possess the discretionary authority to require higher capital ratios.

As of December 31, 2017, we exceeded the requirements contained in the applicable regulations, policies and directives pertaining to 
capital adequacy to be classified as “well capitalized” and are unaware of any material violation or alleged violation of these 
regulations, policies or directives (see table below). Rapid growth, poor loan portfolio performance, or poor earnings performance, or 
a combination of these factors, could change our capital position in a relatively short period of time, making additional capital 
infusions necessary.

15

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2017:
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital:
CCBG
CCB

Tier 1 Capital:
CCBG
CCB

Total Capital:
CCBG
CCB

Tier 1 Leverage:
CCBG
CCB

Actual

Required For Capital 
Adequacy Purposes

To Be Well-Capitalized 
Under Prompt 
Corrective Action 
Provisions

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

$

$

$

$

234,477
275,796

13.42%
15.83%

285,477
275,796

16.33%
15.83%

298,784
289,103

17.10%
16.59%

285,477
275,796

10.47%
10.14%

$

$

$

$

78,648
78,418

4.50%
4.50%

*
113,270

104,864
104,557

6.00%
6.00%

*
139,410

*
6.50%

*
8.00%

139,819
139,410

8.00%
8.00%

*
174,262

*
10.00%

109,082
108,764

4.00%
4.00%

*
135,956

*
5.00%

* Not applicable to bank holding companies.

Prompt Corrective Action

Immediately upon becoming undercapitalized, a depository institution becomes subject to the provisions of Section 38 of the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Act, which: (i) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees; (ii) require that the appropriate 
federal banking agency monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital; (iii) require submission of a capital 
restoration plan; (iv) restrict the growth of the institution’s assets; and (v) require prior approval of certain expansion proposals. The 
appropriate federal banking agency for an undercapitalized institution also may take any number of discretionary supervisory actions 
if the agency determines that any of these actions is necessary to resolve the problems of the institution at the least possible long-term 
cost to the deposit insurance fund, subject in certain cases to specified procedures. These discretionary supervisory actions include: 
(i) requiring the institution to raise additional capital; (ii) restricting transactions with affiliates; (iii) requiring divestiture of the 
institution or the sale of the institution to a willing purchaser; and (iv) any other supervisory action that the agency deems appropriate. 
These and additional mandatory and permissive supervisory actions may be taken with respect to significantly undercapitalized and 
critically undercapitalized institutions.

Interstate Banking and Branching

The Bank Holding Company Act, amended by the Interstate Banking Act, provides that adequately capitalized and managed financial 
and bank holding companies are permitted to acquire banks in any state. State laws prohibiting interstate banking or discriminating 
against out-of-state banks are preempted. States are not permitted to enact laws opting out of this provision; however, states are 
allowed to adopt a minimum age restriction requiring that target banks located within the state be in existence for a period of time, up 
to a maximum of five years, before a bank may be subject to the Interstate Banking Act. Also, the Dodd-Frank Act, added deposit 
caps, which prohibit acquisitions that result in the acquiring company controlling 30% or more of the deposits of insured banks and 
thrift institutions held in the state in which the target maintains a branch or 10% or more of the deposits nationwide. States have the 
authority to waive the 30% deposit cap. State-level deposit caps are not preempted as long as they do not discriminate against out-of-
state institutions, and the federal deposit caps apply only to initial entry acquisitions.

As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, national banks and state banks are able to establish branches in any state if that state would permit 
the establishment of the branch by a state bank chartered in that state. Florida law permits a state bank to establish a branch of the 
bank anywhere in the state. Accordingly, a bank with its headquarters outside the State of Florida may establish branches anywhere 
within the state. 

16

  
  
Anti-money Laundering

The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 
(“USA PATRIOT Act”), provides the federal government with additional powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced 
domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering 
requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), the USA PATRIOT Act puts in place measures intended to 
encourage information sharing among bank regulatory and law enforcement agencies. In addition, certain provisions of the USA 
PATRIOT Act impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions.

The USA PATRIOT Act and the related Federal Reserve regulations require banks to establish anti-money laundering programs that 
include, at a minimum:










internal policies, procedures and controls designed to implement and maintain the savings association’s compliance 
with all of the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, the BSA and related laws and regulations;
systems and procedures for monitoring and reporting of suspicious transactions and activities;
a designated compliance officer;
employee training;
an independent audit function to test the anti-money laundering program;
procedures to verify the identity of each client upon the opening of accounts; and
heightened due diligence policies, procedures and controls applicable to certain foreign accounts and relationships.

Additionally, the USA PATRIOT Act requires each financial institution to develop a customer identification program (“CIP”) as part 
of its anti-money laundering program. The key components of the CIP are identification, verification, government list comparison, 
notice and record retention. The purpose of the CIP is to enable the financial institution to determine the true identity and anticipated 
account activity of each customer. To make this determination, among other things, the financial institution must collect certain 
information from customers at the time they enter into the customer relationship with the financial institution. This information must 
be verified within a reasonable time through documentary and non-documentary methods. Furthermore, all customers must be 
screened against any CIP-related government lists of known or suspected terrorists. We and our affiliates have adopted policies, 
procedures and controls designed to comply with the BSA and the USA PATRIOT Act.

Regulatory Enforcement Authority

Federal and state banking laws grant substantial regulatory authority and enforcement powers to federal and state banking regulators. 
This authority permits bank regulatory agencies to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders, and to 
initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties. In general, these enforcement actions may be 
initiated for either violations of laws or regulations or for unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the 
basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities. 

Federal Home Loan Bank System

CCB is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, which is one of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. Each FHLB 
serves as a quasi-reserve bank for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from funds deposited by member 
institutions and proceeds from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. Each FHLB makes loans to members (i.e., 
advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of trustees of the FHLB.

As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, CCB is required to own capital stock in the FHLB in an amount at least equal to 0.09% (or 9 
basis points), which is subject to annual adjustments, of CCB’s total assets at the end of each calendar year (up to a maximum of $15 
million), plus 4.25% of its outstanding advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of Atlanta under the activity-based stock ownership 
requirement. As of December 31, 2017, CCB was in compliance with this requirement.

Privacy

Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, federal banking regulators adopted rules limiting the ability of banks and other financial 
institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. The rules require disclosure of privacy 
policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to 
nonaffiliated third parties.

17

Overdraft Fee Regulation

The Electronic Fund Transfer Act prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated 
teller machines (“ATM”) and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for 
those type of transactions.  If a consumer does not opt in, any ATM transaction or debit that overdraws the consumer’s account will be 
denied.  Overdrafts on the payment of checks and regular electronic bill payments are not covered by this new rule.  Before opting in, 
the consumer must be provided a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with 
the service, and the consumer’s choices.  Financial institutions must provide consumers who do not opt in with the same account 
terms, conditions and features (including pricing) that they provide to consumers who do opt in. 

Consumer Laws and Regulations

CCB is also subject to other federal and state consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions 
with banks. While the list set forth below is not exhaustive, these laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in 
Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, 
the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the 
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Mortgage Disclosure Improvement Act, and the 
Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, among others. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and 
regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such customers. 
CCB must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer protection laws and regulations as part of its ongoing customer 
relations. 

In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau issues regulations and standards under these federal consumer protection laws 
that affect our consumer businesses. These include regulations setting “ability to repay” standards for residential mortgage loans and 
mortgage loan servicing and originator compensation standards, which generally require creditors to make a reasonable, good faith 
determination of a consumer’s ability to repay any consumer credit transaction secured by a dwelling (excluding an open-end credit 
plan, timeshare plan, reverse mortgage, or temporary loan) and establishes certain protections from liability under this requirement for 
loans that meet the requirements of the “qualified mortgage” safe harbor. In addition, on October 3, 2015, the new TILA-RESPA 
Integrated Disclosure (TRID) rules for mortgage closings took effect for new loan applications. The new TRID rules were further 
amended in 2017. These new loan forms may have the effect of lengthening the time it takes to approve mortgage loans in the short-
term following implementation of the rule.

The Volcker Rule

Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly known as the Volcker Rule, prohibits us from owning, sponsoring, or having certain 
relationships with any hedge funds or private equity funds, subject to certain exemptions. The Volcker Rule directed the federal 
banking, securities and commodities and futures regulatory agencies to undertake a coordinated rulemaking effort to create rules 
implementing the Volcker Rule. The final interagency rules implementing the Volcker Rule, which were issued in December 2013 and 
became effective on April 1, 2014, afford financial institutions a two-year conformance period during which they can wind-down, sell, 
or otherwise conform their respective activities, investments and relationships to the requirements of the Volcker Rule and its 
implementing regulations. We do not believe that the Volcker Rule or the final interagency rules implementing the Volcker Rule will 
have a material impact on our investment activities since we do not engage in transactions covered by the regulation.

Future Legislative Developments

Various legislative acts are from time to time introduced in Congress and the Florida legislature. This legislation may change banking 
statutes and the environment in which our banking subsidiary and we operate in substantial and unpredictable ways. We cannot 
determine the ultimate effect that potential legislation, if enacted, or implementing regulations with respect thereto, would have upon 
our financial condition or results of operations or that of our banking subsidiary.

18

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies

The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the monetary policies of the 
Federal Reserve. Changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowing, availability of borrowing at the “discount window,” open 
market operations, changes in the Fed Funds target interest rate, the imposition of changes in reserve requirements against member 
banks’ deposits and assets of foreign banking centers and the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against certain 
borrowings by banks and their affiliates are some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve. These 
monetary policies are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distributions of bank loans, investments and 
deposits, which may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have had 
a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The Federal 
Reserve’s policies are primarily influenced by its dual mandate of price stability and full employment, and to a lesser degree by short-
term and long-term changes in the international trade balance and in the fiscal policies of the U.S. Government. Future changes in 
monetary policy and the effect of such changes on our business and earnings in the future cannot be predicted.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes at the federal level and subject to state taxation based on the laws of each state in which we operate.  
We file a consolidated federal tax return with a fiscal year ending on December 31. On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted 
tax reform legislation known as the H.R.1, commonly referred to as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act,” resulting in significant modifications 
to existing law. We completed the accounting for the effects of the new law during this period. Our financial statements for the year 
ended December 31, 2017, reflect certain effects of the new law, which includes a reduction in the corporate tax rate from 35% to 
21%, as well as other changes. As a result of the changes to tax laws and tax rates under the Act, we incurred an increase in income 
tax expense during the year ended December 31, 2017, due to a write-down of our net deferred tax asset by $4.1 million in the fourth 
quarter of 2017 as a result of the reduction to the federal corporate income tax rate. While the new tax law negatively impacted 
earnings in the fourth quarter of 2017, the lower corporate tax rate is expected to be a significant ongoing benefit to us in future 
periods. Absent future discrete events, we anticipate that our effective tax in future periods will be approximately 24% due to a lower 
federal corporate income tax rate.

Website Access to Company’s Reports

Our Internet website is www.ccbg.com.  Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 
8-K, including any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d), and reports filed pursuant to 
Section 16, 13(d), and 13(g) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable 
after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The information on our website is 
not incorporated by reference into this report.

19

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock contains a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risk factors before 
deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Our business, including our operating results and financial condition, could be 
harmed by any of these risks. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial 
also may materially and adversely affect our business. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, 
and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to the other information contained in 
our filings with the SEC, including our financial statements and related notes.

We may incur losses if we are unable to successfully manage interest rate risk.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our profitability depends to a large extent on Capital City Bank’s net interest income, which is the difference between income on 
interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and expense on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and 
borrowings. We are unable to predict changes in market interest rates, which are affected by many factors beyond our control, 
including inflation, recession, unemployment, federal funds target rate, money supply, domestic and international events and changes 
in the United States and other financial markets. Our net interest income may be reduced if: (i) more interest-earning assets than 
interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature during a time when interest rates are declining or (ii) more interest-bearing liabilities than 
interest-earning assets reprice or mature during a time when interest rates are rising.

Changes in the difference between short-term and long-term interest rates may also harm our business. We generally use short-term 
deposits to fund longer-term assets. When interest rates change, assets and liabilities with shorter terms reprice more quickly than 
those with longer terms, which could have a material adverse effect on our net interest margin. If market interest rates rise rapidly, 
interest rate adjustment caps may also limit increases in the interest rates on adjustable rate loans, which could further reduce our net 
interest income. Additionally, we believe that due to the recent historical low interest rate environment, the effects of the repeal of 
Regulation Q, which previously had prohibited the payment of interest on demand deposits by member banks of the Federal Reserve 
System, has not been realized. The increased price competition for deposits that may result upon the return to a historically normal 
interest rate environment could adversely affect net interest margins of community banks.

Although we continuously monitor interest rates and have a number of tools to manage our interest rate risk exposure, changes in 
market assumptions regarding future interest rates could significantly impact our interest rate risk strategy, our financial position and 
results of operations. If we do not properly monitor our interest rate risk management strategies, these activities may not effectively 
mitigate our interest rate sensitivity or have the desired impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

Our loan portfolio includes loans with a higher risk of loss which could lead to higher loan losses and nonperforming assets.

We originate commercial real estate loans, commercial loans, construction loans, vacant land loans, consumer loans, and residential 
mortgage loans primarily within our market area. Commercial real estate, commercial, construction, vacant land, and consumer loans 
may expose a lender to greater credit risk than traditional fixed-rate fully amortizing loans secured by single-family residential real 
estate because the collateral securing these loans may not be sold as easily as single-family residential real estate. In addition, these 
loan types tend to involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers and are more susceptible to a risk of 
loss during a downturn in the business cycle. These loans also have historically had greater credit risk than other loans for the 
following reasons:

 Commercial Real Estate Loans. Repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover 

operating expenses and debt service. These loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing 
over the loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment 
typically will depend on the borrower’s ability to either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property. As of 
December 31, 2017, commercial mortgage loans comprised approximately 32.3% of our total loan portfolio.

 Commercial Loans. Repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. In 

addition, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, be illiquid, or fluctuate in value 
based on the success of the business. As of December 31, 2017, commercial loans comprised approximately 13.2% of our 
total loan portfolio.

20

 
 
 Construction Loans. The risk of loss is largely dependent on our initial estimate of whether the property’s value at 
completion equals or exceeds the cost of property construction and the availability of take-out financing. During the 
construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays or cost overruns. If our estimate is inaccurate or if actual 
construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing our loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment 
when completed through a permanent loan, sale of the property, or by seizure of collateral. As of December 31, 2017, 
construction loans comprised approximately 4.7% of our total loan portfolio.

 Vacant Land Loans. Because vacant or unimproved land is generally held by the borrower for investment purposes or future 
use, payments on loans secured by vacant or unimproved land will typically rank lower in priority to the borrower than a loan 
the borrower may have on their primary residence or business. These loans are susceptible to adverse conditions in the real 
estate market and local economy. As of December 31, 2017, vacant land loans comprised approximately 3.2% of our total 
loan portfolio.

 HELOCs. Our open-ended home equity loans have an interest-only draw period followed by a five-year repayment period of 
0.75% of the principal balance monthly and a balloon payment at maturity. Upon the commencement of the repayment 
period, the monthly payment can increase significantly, thus, there is a heightened risk that the borrower will be unable to 
pay the increased payment. Further, these loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over 
the loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity.  A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment may 
depend on the borrower’s ability to either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property.  As of December 31, 
2017, HELOCs comprised approximately 13.8% of our total loan portfolio.

 Consumer Loans. Consumer loans (such as automobile loans and personal lines of credit) are collateralized, if at all, with 

assets that may not provide an adequate source of payment of the loan due to depreciation, damage, or loss. As of December 
31, 2017, consumer loans comprised approximately 16.9% of our total loan portfolio, with indirect auto loans making up a 
majority of this portfolio at approximately 87% of the total balance.

The increased risks associated with these types of loans result in a correspondingly higher probability of default on such loans (as 
compared to fixed-rate fully amortizing single-family real estate loans). Loan defaults would likely increase our loan losses and 
nonperforming assets and could adversely affect our allowance for loan losses and our results of operations.

We process, maintain, and transmit confidential client information through our information technology systems, such as our 
online banking service.  Cybersecurity issues, such as security breaches and computer viruses, affecting our information 
technology systems or fraud related to our debit card products could disrupt our business, result in the unintended disclosure 
or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs, and cause losses.

We collect and store sensitive data, including our proprietary business information and that of our clients, and personally identifiable 
information of our clients and employees, in our information technology systems. We also provide our clients the ability to bank 
online. The secure processing, maintenance, and transmission of this information is critical to our operations.  Our network, or those 
of our clients, could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security problems.  Financial 
institutions and companies engaged in data processing have increasingly reported breaches in the security of their websites or other 
systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential 
information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage.

We may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer 
viruses or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. Security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, 
litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing clients 
to lose confidence in our systems and could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to generate deposits.

Additionally, fraud losses related to debit and credit cards have risen in recent years due in large part to growing and evolving 
schemes to illegally use cards or steal consumer credit card information despite risk management practices employed by the debit and 
credit card industries. Many issuers of debit and credit cards have suffered significant losses in recent years due to the theft of 
cardholder data that has been illegally exploited for personal gain.

The potential for debit and credit card fraud against us or our clients and our third party service providers is a serious issue. Debit and 
credit card fraud is pervasive and the risks of cybercrime are complex and continue to evolve. In view of the recent high-profile retail 
data breaches involving client personal and financial information, the potential impact on us and any exposure to consumer losses and 
the cost of technology investments to improve security could cause losses to us or our clients, damage to our brand, and an increase in 
our costs.

21

An inadequate allowance for loan losses would reduce our earnings.

We are exposed to the risk that our clients may be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral securing 
the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure full repayment. This could result in credit losses that are inherent in the 
lending business. We evaluate the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for loan losses that we believe is 
adequate based upon such factors as:









the risk characteristics of various classifications of loans;
previous loan loss experience;
specific loans that have loss potential;
delinquency trends;
estimated fair market value of the collateral;
current economic conditions; and
geographic and industry loan concentrations.

As of December 31, 2017, our allowance for loan losses was $13.3 million, which represented approximately 0.80% of our total loans. 
We had $7.2 million in nonaccruing loans as of December 31, 2017. The allowance is based on management’s reasonable estimate 
and may not prove sufficient to cover future loan losses. Although management uses the best information available to make 
determinations with respect to the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions differ 
substantially from the assumptions used or adverse developments arise with respect to our nonperforming or performing loans. In 
addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our estimated losses on loans. Our 
regulators may require us to recognize additional losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of 
their examination. Accordingly, the allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover all future loan losses and significant 
increases to the allowance may be required in the future if, for example, economic conditions worsen. A material increase in our 
allowance for loan losses would adversely impact our net income and capital in future periods, while having the effect of overstating 
our current period earnings.

We may incur significant costs associated with the ownership of real property as a result of foreclosures, which could reduce 
our net income.

Since we originate loans secured by real estate, we may have to foreclose on the collateral property to protect our investment and may 
thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we would be exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate.

The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a foreclosure is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but 
not limited to:













general or local economic conditions;
environmental cleanup liability;
neighborhood values;
interest rates;
real estate tax rates;
operating expenses of the mortgaged properties;
supply of and demand for rental units or properties;
ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties;
zoning laws;
governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and
acts of God.

Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real estate, including real estate taxes, insurance and maintenance costs, may 
adversely affect the income from the real estate. Furthermore, we may need to advance funds to continue to operate or to protect these 
assets. As a result, the cost of operating real property assets may exceed the rental income earned from such properties or we may be 
required to dispose of the real property at a loss.

22

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition.

Effective liquidity management is essential for the operation of our business. We require sufficient liquidity to meet client loan 
requests, client deposit maturities and withdrawals, payments on our debt obligations as they come due and other cash commitments 
under both normal operating conditions and other unpredictable circumstances causing industry or general financial market stress. If 
we are unable to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, earnings and other sources, it could have a substantial negative effect on 
our liquidity.  In particular, a majority of our liabilities during 2017 were checking accounts and other liquid deposits, which are 
generally payable on demand or upon short notice. By comparison, a substantial majority of our assets were loans, which cannot 
generally be called or sold in the same time frame. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances 
as necessary, we might not be able to replace such funds in the future, especially if a large number of our depositors seek to withdraw 
their accounts at the same time, regardless of the reason. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities 
on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy 
in general. Factors that could negatively impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity 
as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated, adverse regulatory action against us, or our inability to 
attract and retain deposits. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such a disruption in the 
financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. If we are unable to 
maintain adequate liquidity, it could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry.

We face vigorous competition for deposits, loans and other financial services in our market area from other banks and financial 
institutions, including savings and loan associations, savings banks, finance companies and credit unions. A number of our 
competitors are significantly larger than we are and have greater access to capital and other resources. Many of our competitors also 
have higher lending limits, more expansive branch networks, and offer a wider array of financial products and services. To a lesser 
extent, we also compete with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer 
finance companies, insurance companies and governmental organizations, which may offer financial products and services on more 
favorable terms than we are able to. Many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern 
our activities. As a result, these non-bank competitors have advantages over us in providing certain services. The effect of this 
competition may reduce or limit our margins or our market share and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial 
condition.

Risks Related to Regulation and Legislation

We are subject to extensive regulation, which could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on 
the conduct of our business.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by our regulators, including the Florida Office of Financial 
Regulation, the Federal Reserve, and the FDIC. Our compliance with these industry regulations is costly and restricts certain of our 
activities, including payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, lending and interest rates charged on loans, interest 
rates paid on deposits, access to capital and brokered deposits and locations of banking offices. If we are unable to meet these 
regulatory requirements, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

Our activities are also regulated under consumer protection laws applicable to our lending, deposit and other activities. Many of these 
regulations are intended primarily for the protection of our depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund and not for the benefit of our 
shareowners. In addition to the regulations of the bank regulatory agencies, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank, we must 
also comply with applicable regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Agency and the Federal Home Loan Bank.

Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith effort or results from a difference in 
interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect 
our results of operations, capital base and the price of our securities. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations could make 
compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business and financial condition. Please refer to the Section 
entitled “Business – Regulatory Considerations” in this Report.

Legislative and administrative action may affect our business.

President Donald Trump and others in Congress called for substantial change to several regulations and policies, which may include 
the repeal of regulations implemented as a result of Dodd-Frank and comprehensive tax reform. We cannot predict the impact, if any, 
of these changes to our business. However, it is possible that these changes could adversely affect our business. It is likely that some 
policies adopted by the new administration will benefit us and others will negatively affect us. Until we know what changes are 
enacted, if any, we will not know whether in total we benefit from, or are negatively affected by, the changes.

23

The increased capital requirements may have an adverse effect on us.

In 2013, the Federal Reserve Board released its final rules which implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital 
reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the final rule, 
minimum requirements increased for both the quality and quantity of capital held by banking organizations. Consistent with the 
international Basel framework, the rule includes a new minimum ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (“CET1”) to Risk-Weighted 
Assets (“RWA”) of 4.5% and a CET1 conservation buffer of 2.5% of RWA (which will be phased in from 2016 through 2019) that 
apply to all supervised financial institutions. As of January 1, 2018, the CET1conservation buffer requirement was 1.875%, which 
requires us to hold additional CET1 capital in excess of the minimum required to meet the CET1 to RWA ratio requirement. The rule 
also, among other things, raised the minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to RWA from 4% to 6% and included a minimum leverage ratio 
of 4% for all banking organizations. The impact of the new capital rules requires us to maintain higher levels of capital, which we 
expect will lower our return on equity. Additionally, if our CET1 to RWA ratio does not exceed the minimum required plus the 
additional CET1 conservation buffer, we may be restricted in our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions of capital to our 
shareowners.

Compliance with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s ability-to-repay rule safe-harbor could adversely impact our 
growth or profitability.

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau issued a rule, effective as of January 10, 2014, designed to clarify for lenders how they can 
avoid monetary damages under the Dodd-Frank Act, which holds lenders accountable for ensuring a borrower’s ability to repay a 
mortgage at the time the loan is originated. Loans that satisfy the “qualified mortgage” safe-harbor will be presumed to have complied 
with the new ability-to-repay standard. Under the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule, a “qualified mortgage” loan must not 
contain certain specified features, including but not limited to:







excessive upfront points and fees (those exceeding 3% of the total loan amount, less “bona fide discount points” for prime 
loans);
interest-only payments;
negative-amortization; and
terms longer than 30 years.

Also, to qualify as a “qualified mortgage,” a borrower’s total monthly debt-to-income ratio may not exceed 43%. Lenders must also 
verify and document the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify the borrower for the loan and underwrite the loan based 
on a fully amortizing payment schedule and maximum interest rate during the first five years, taking into account all applicable taxes, 
insurance and assessments. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule on qualified mortgages could limit our ability or desire 
to make certain types of loans or loans to certain borrowers, or could make it more expensive and/or time consuming to make these 
loans, which could adversely impact our growth or profitability.

Florida financial institutions, such as the Bank, face a higher risk of noncompliance and enforcement actions with the Bank 
Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

Since September 11, 2001, banking regulators have intensified their focus on anti-money laundering and Bank Secrecy Act 
compliance requirements, particularly the anti-money laundering provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act. There is also increased 
scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). Since 2004, federal banking 
regulators and examiners have been extremely aggressive in their supervision and examination of financial institutions located in the 
State of Florida with respect to the institution’s Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering compliance. Consequently, numerous formal 
enforcement actions have been instituted against financial institutions.

In order to comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area, the Bank has been required to adopt new 
policies and procedures and to install new systems. If the Bank’s policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the 
policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that it has already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, the 
Bank would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and the 
necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of its business plan, including its acquisition plans.

24

 
Risks Related to Market Events

Our loan portfolio is heavily concentrated in mortgage loans secured by properties in Florida and Georgia which causes our 
risk of loss to be higher than if we had a more geographically diversified portfolio.

Our interest-earning assets are heavily concentrated in mortgage loans secured by real estate, particularly real estate located in Florida 
and Georgia.  As of December 31, 2017, approximately 70% of our loans included real estate as a primary, secondary, or tertiary 
component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the 
borrower; however, the value of the collateral may decline during the time the credit is extended. If we are required to liquidate the 
collateral securing a loan during a period of reduced real estate values to satisfy the debt, our earnings and capital could be adversely 
affected.

Additionally, as of December 31, 2017, substantially all of our loans secured by real estate are secured by commercial and residential 
properties located in Northern Florida and Middle Georgia. The concentration of our loans in these areas subjects us to risk that a 
downturn in the economy or recession in these areas could result in a decrease in loan originations and increases in delinquencies and 
foreclosures, which would more greatly affect us than if our lending were more geographically diversified. In addition, since a large 
portion of our portfolio is secured by properties located in Florida and Georgia, the occurrence of a natural disaster, such as a 
hurricane, or a man-made disaster could result in a decline in loan originations, a decline in the value or destruction of mortgaged 
properties and an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures or loss on loans originated by us. We may suffer further losses due 
to the decline in the value of the properties underlying our mortgage loans, which would have an adverse impact on our results of 
operations and financial condition.

Our concentration in loans secured by real estate may increase our credit losses, which would negatively affect our financial 
results.

Due to the lack of diversified industry within the markets served by the Bank and the relatively close proximity of our geographic 
markets, we have both geographic concentrations as well as concentrations in the types of loans funded. Specifically, due to the nature 
of our markets, a significant portion of the portfolio has historically been secured with real estate. As of December 31, 2017, 
approximately 32% and 33% of our $1.653 billion loan portfolio was secured by commercial real estate and residential real estate, 
respectively. As of this same date, approximately 5% was secured by property under construction.

In the event we are required to foreclose on a property securing one of our mortgage loans or otherwise pursue our remedies in order 
to protect our investment, we may be unable to recover funds in an amount equal to our projected return on our investment or in an 
amount sufficient to prevent a loss to us due to prevailing economic conditions, real estate values and other factors associated with the 
ownership of real property. As a result, the market value of the real estate or other collateral underlying our loans may not, at any 
given time, be sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal amount of the loans, and consequently, we would sustain loan losses.

The fair value of our investments could decline which would cause a reduction in shareowners’ equity.

A large portion of our investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2017 has been designated as available-for-sale pursuant to 
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles relating to accounting for investments. Such principles require that unrealized gains and 
losses in the estimated value of the available-for-sale portfolio be “marked to market” and reflected as a separate item in shareowners’ 
equity (net of tax) as accumulated other comprehensive income/loss. Shareowners’ equity will continue to reflect the unrealized gains 
and losses (net of tax) of these investments. The fair value of our investment portfolio may decline, causing a corresponding decline in 
shareowners’ equity.

Management believes that several factors will affect the fair values of our investment portfolio. These include, but are not limited to, 
changes in interest rates or expectations of changes in interest rates, the degree of volatility in the securities markets, inflation rates or 
expectations of inflation and the slope of the interest rate yield curve (the yield curve refers to the differences between short-term and 
long-term interest rates; a positively sloped yield curve means short-term rates are lower than long-term rates). These and other factors 
may impact specific categories of the portfolio differently, and we cannot predict the effect these factors may have on any specific 
category.

25

We may be unable to pay dividends in the future.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

In 2017, our Board of Directors declared four quarterly cash dividends. Declarations of any future dividends will be contingent on our 
ability to earn sufficient profits and to remain well capitalized, including our ability to hold and generate sufficient capital to comply 
with the new CET1 conservation buffer requirement. In addition, due to our contractual obligations with the holders of our trust 
preferred securities, if we defer the payment of accrued interest owed to the holders of our trust preferred securities, we may not make 
dividend payments to our shareowners.

Further, under applicable statutes and regulations, CCB’s board of directors, after charging-off bad debts, depreciation and other 
worthless assets, if any, and making provisions for reasonably anticipated future losses on loans and other assets, may quarterly, semi-
annually, or annually declare and pay dividends to CCBG of up to the aggregate net income of that period combined with the CCB’s 
retained net income for the preceding two years and, with the approval of the Florida Office of Financial Regulation and Federal 
Reserve, declare a dividend from retained net income which accrued prior to the preceding two years.  Additional state laws generally 
applicable to Florida corporations may also limit our ability to declare and pay dividends. Thus, our ability to fund future dividends 
may be restricted by state and federal laws and regulations. 

Limited trading activity for shares of our common stock may contribute to price volatility.

While our common stock is listed and traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, there has historically been limited trading activity 
in our common stock.  The average daily trading volume of our common stock over the 12-month period ending December 31, 2017 
was approximately 23,793 shares. Due to the limited trading activity of our common stock, relativity small trades may have a 
significant impact on the price of our common stock.

Securities analysts may not initiate coverage or continue to cover our common stock, and this may have a negative impact on 
its market price.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities analysts publish about us and 
our business. We do not have any control over securities analysts and they may not initiate coverage or continue to cover our common 
stock. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may adversely affect its market price. If we 
are covered by securities analysts, and our common stock is the subject of an unfavorable report, our stock price would likely decline. 
If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover our Company or fails to publish regular reports on us, we could lose visibility in the 
financial markets, which may cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Our directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners, if acting together, have substantial control over all matters 
requiring shareowner approval, including changes of control. Because Mr. William G. Smith, Jr. is a principal shareowner 
and our Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Bank, he has substantial control over all 
matters on a day to day basis.

Our directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners beneficially owned approximately 33.5% of the outstanding shares of our 
common stock as of December 31, 2017.  Our principal shareowners include the Estate of Robert H. Smith, who was the brother of 
William G. Smith, Jr., our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, which beneficially owns 15.5% of our shares.  William 
G. Smith, Jr. beneficially owns 20.9% of our shares.  In addition, 2S Partnership beneficially owns 6.2% of our shares, however, its 
shares were historically deemed to be beneficially owned by Messrs. Smith and Smith. Together, Mr. Smith and the Estate of Robert 
H. Smith beneficially own approximately 30.2% of our shares.

Accordingly, these directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners, if acting together, may be able to influence or control 
matters requiring approval by our shareowners, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other 
extraordinary transactions. In addition, because William G. Smith, Jr. is the Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer of 
CCBG and Chairman of the Bank, he has substantial control over all matters on a day-to-day basis, including the nomination and 
election of directors.

These directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way 
with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. The concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, 
preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our shareowners of an opportunity to receive a premium for 
their common stock as part of a sale of our Company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock. You may also 
have difficulty changing management, the composition of the Board of Directors, or the general direction of our Company.

26

 
Our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, and certain laws and regulations may prevent or delay transactions you might favor, 
including a sale or merger of CCBG.

CCBG is registered with the Federal Reserve as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act (“BHCA”). As a 
result, we are subject to supervisory regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the BHCA, 
and other federal laws subject financial holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may 
engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and 
regulations.

Provisions of our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, certain laws and regulations and various other factors may make it more difficult 
and expensive for companies or persons to acquire control of us without the consent of our Board of Directors. It is possible, however, 
that you would want a takeover attempt to succeed because, for example, a potential buyer could offer a premium over the then 
prevailing price of our common stock.

For example, our Articles of Incorporation permit our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without shareowner action. The 
ability to issue preferred stock could discourage a company from attempting to obtain control of us by means of a tender offer, merger, 
proxy contest or otherwise. Additionally, our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws divide our Board of Directors into three classes, as 
nearly equal in size as possible, with staggered three-year terms. One class is elected each year. The classification of our Board of 
Directors could make it more difficult for a company to acquire control of us. We are also subject to certain provisions of the Florida 
Business Corporation Act and our Articles of Incorporation that relate to business combinations with interested shareowners. Other 
provisions in our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws that may discourage takeover attempts or make them more difficult include:





Supermajority voting requirements to remove a director from office;
Provisions regarding the timing and content of shareowner proposals and nominations;
Supermajority voting requirements to amend Articles of Incorporation unless approval is received by a majority of 
“disinterested directors”;

 Absence of cumulative voting; and


Inability for shareowners to take action by written consent.

Shares of our common stock are not an insured deposit and may lose value.

The shares of our common stock are not a bank deposit and will not be insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government 
agency. Your investment will be subject to investment risk, and you must be capable of affording the loss of your entire investment.

Item 1B.

 Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.       Properties

We are headquartered in Tallahassee, Florida.  Our executive office is in the Capital City Bank building located on the corner of 
Tennessee and Monroe Streets in downtown Tallahassee.  The building is owned by the Bank, but is located on land leased under a 
long-term agreement.

As of February 28, 2018, the Bank had 59 banking offices.  Of the 59 locations, the Bank leases the land, buildings, or both at six 
locations and owns the land and buildings at the remaining 53.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

We are party to lawsuits and claims arising out of the normal course of business. In management’s opinion, there are no known 
pending claims or litigation, the outcome of which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on our consolidated 
results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure.

Not applicable.

27

 
PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Shareowner Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock Market Prices and Dividends

Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “CCBG.”  We had a total of 1,389 shareowners of 
record as of February 28, 2018.

The following table presents the range of high and low closing sales prices reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market and cash 
dividends declared for each quarter during the past two years. 

2017

2016

Fourth 
Quarter

Third 
Quarter

Second 
Quarter

First 
Quarter

Fourth 
Quarter

Third 
Quarter

Second 
Quarter

First 
Quarter

Common stock price:
High 

Low 

Close 
Cash dividends per share 

$

$

26.01

22.21

22.94
0.07

$

24.58

19.60

24.01
0.07

22.39

17.68

20.42
0.05

$

21.79

19.22

21.39
0.05

$

$

$

23.15

14.29

20.48
0.05

15.35

13.32

14.77
0.04

$

15.96

13.16

13.92
0.04

15.88

12.83

14.59
0.04

Florida law and Federal regulations impose restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and limitations on the amount of dividends that 
the Bank can pay annually to us.  See Item 1. “Capital; Dividends; Sources of Strength” and “Dividends” in the Business section on 
page 12 and 13 and the section entitled “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Dividends” -- in Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Operating Results on page 32 and Note 14 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

28

Performance Graph

This performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total shareholder 
return of the Nasdaq Composite Index and the SNL Financial LC $1B-$5B Bank Index for the past five years.  The graph assumes that 
$100 was invested on December 31, 2012 in our common stock and each of the above indices, and that all dividends were 
reinvested.  The shareholder return shown below represents past performance and should not be considered indicative of future 
performance.

Total Return Performance

Capital City Bank Group, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite Index

SNL Bank $1B-$5B Index

300

250

200

150

100

l

e
u
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

50
12/31/12

12/31/13

12/31/14

12/31/15

12/31/16

12/31/17

Index

12/31/12

12/31/13

12/31/14

12/31/15

12/31/16

12/31/17

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 

$

100.00

$

103.52

$

137.54

$

137.03

$

184.80

$

208.74

Nasdaq Composite 

SNL $1B-$5B Bank Index 

100.00

100.00

140.12

145.41

160.78

152.04

171.97

170.20

187.22

244.85

242.71

261.04

Period Ending

29

 
 
Item 6.     Selected Financial Data

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Interest Income
Net Interest Income
Provision for Loan Losses
Noninterest Income(4)
Noninterest Expense
Net Income(5)

Per Common Share:
Basic Net Income
Diluted Net Income
Cash Dividends Declared
Diluted Book Value

Performance Ratios:
Return on Average Assets
Return on Average Equity
Net Interest Margin (FTE)
Noninterest Income as % of Operating Revenues
Efficiency Ratio

Asset Quality:
Allowance for Loan Losses
Allowance for Loan Losses to Loans
Nonperforming Assets
Nonperforming Assets to Assets
Nonperforming Assets to Loans plus OREO
Allowance to Nonperforming Loans
Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans

Capital Ratios:
Tier 1 Capital
Total Capital
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital(1)
Tangible Common Equity(2)
Leverage
Equity to Assets
Dividend Pay-Out

Averages for the Year:
Loans, Net of Unearned Income
Earning Assets
Total Assets
Deposits
Shareowners’ Equity

Year-End Balances:
Loans, Net of Unearned Income
Earning Assets
Total Assets
Deposits
Shareowners’ Equity

Other Data:
Basic Average Shares Outstanding
Diluted Average Shares Outstanding
Shareowners of Record(3)
Banking Locations(3)
Full-Time Equivalent Associates(3)

$

$

$

$

$

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

$

$

86,930
82,982
2,215
51,746
109,447
10,863

0.64
0.64
0.24
16.65

0.39 %
3.83
3.37
38.41
80.50

$

$

81,154
77,965
819
53,681
113,214
11,746

0.69
0.69
0.17
16.23

0.43 %
4.22
3.25
40.78
85.34

$

$

79,658
76,351
1,594
54,091
115,273
9,116

0.53
0.53
0.13
15.93

0.34 %
3.31
3.31
41.47
87.94

$

$

78,221
74,641
1,905
52,536
114,358
9,260

0.53
0.53
0.09
15.53

0.36 %
3.27
3.36
41.30
89.68

82,152
77,736
3,472
55,111
121,405
6,045

0.35
0.35
-
15.85

0.24 %
2.40
3.54
41.48
91.09

13,307

$

0.80 %

13,431

$

0.86 %

13,953

$

0.93 %

17,539

$

1.22 %

23,095

1.65 %

11,100
0.38
0.67
185.87
0.14

16.33 %
17.10
13.42
7.09
10.47
9.80
37.50

19,171
0.67
1.21
157.40
0.09

15.51 %
16.28
12.61
6.90
10.23
9.67
24.64

29,595
1.06
1.94
135.40
0.35

16.42 %
17.25
12.84
6.99
10.65
9.81
24.53

52,449
2.00
3.55
104.60
0.53

16.67 %
17.76
NA
7.38
10.99
10.37
16.98

85,035
3.26
5.87
62.48
0.66

16.56 %
17.94
NA
7.58
10.46
10.58
NM

1,618,583
2,502,231
2,816,096
2,371,871
283,404

1,658,309
2,582,922
2,898,794
2,469,877
284,210

16,951,663
17,012,637
1,389
59
789

$

$

1,542,232
2,432,392
2,752,309
2,282,785
278,335

1,572,175
2,520,053
2,845,197
2,412,286
275,168

16,988,747
17,061,186
1,489
60
820

$

$

1,474,833
2,324,854
2,659,317
2,163,441
275,144

1,503,907
2,470,444
2,797,860
2,302,849
274,352

17,273,406
17,318,184
1,559
61
858

$

$

1,414,000
2,237,623
2,564,176
2,093,477
283,079

1,442,062
2,276,781
2,627,169
2,146,794
272,540

17,424,788
17,488,020
1,589
63
895

$

$

1,450,806
2,213,686
2,568,662
2,070,073
251,427

1,399,669
2,274,019
2,611,903
2,136,248
276,400

17,324,759
17,399,355
1,651
63
891

(1)  Not applicable prior to January 1, 2015
(2)  Tangible common equity ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. For additional information, including a reconciliation to GAAP, refer to page 31
(3)  As of record date.  The record date is on or about March 1st of the following year.
(4)  Includes $2.5 million gain from sale of trust preferred securities in 2016.
(5)  For 2017, includes $4.1 million, or $0.24 per diluted share, income tax expense adjustment related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.
    NM - Not Meaningful

30

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURE

We present a tangible common equity ratio that removes the effect of goodwill that resulted from merger and acquisition activity. We 
believe this measure is useful to investors because it allows investors to more easily compare our capital adequacy to other companies 
in the industry.  The GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliation for selected financial data and quarterly financial data is provided below.

Non-GAAP Reconciliation - Selected Financial Data

(Dollars in Thousands)
TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY RATIO
Shareowners' Equity (GAAP)
Less: Goodwill (GAAP)
Tangible Shareowners' Equity (non-GAAP)
Total Assets (GAAP)
Less: Goodwill (GAAP)
Tangible Assets (non-GAAP)
Tangible Common Equity Ratio (non-GAAP) A/B

A

B $

$

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

284,210 $
84,811
199,399
2,898,794
84,811
2,813,983 $
7.09%

275,168 $
84,811
190,357
2,845,197
84,811
2,760,386 $
6.90%

274,352 $
84,811
189,541
2,797,860
84,811
2,713,049 $
6.99%

272,540 $
84,811
187,729
2,627,169
84,811
2,542,358 $
7.38%

276,400
84,843
191,557
2,611,903
84,843
2,527,060
7.58%

Non-GAAP Reconciliation - Quarterly Financial Data

(Dollars in Thousands)

Fourth

Third

Second

First

Fourth

Third

Second

First

2017

2016

TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY RATIO

Shareowners' Equity (GAAP)

$

284,210 $

285,201 $

281,513 $

278,059 $

275,168 $

276,624 $

274,824 $

276,833

Less: Goodwill (GAAP)

84,811

84,811

84,811

84,811

84,811

84,811

84,811

84,811

Tangible Shareowners' Equity (non-GAAP)

A

199,399

200,390

196,702

193,248

190,357

191,813

190,013

192,022

Total Assets (GAAP)

Less: Goodwill (GAAP)

2,898,794

2,790,842

2,814,843

2,895,531

2,845,197

2,753,154

2,767,636

2,792,186

84,811

84,811

84,811

84,811

84,811

84,811

84,811

84,811

Tangible Assets (non-GAAP)

B $

2,813,983 $

2,706,031 $

2,730,032 $

2,810,720 $

2,760,386 $

2,668,343 $

2,682,825 $

2,707,375

Tangible Common Equity Ratio (non-GAAP)

A/B

7.09%

7.41%

7.21%

6.88%

6.90%

7.19%

7.08%

7.09%

31

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) provides supplemental information, which sets forth the major factors that have 
affected our financial condition and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and related notes included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The MD&A is divided into subsections entitled “Business 
Overview,” “Executive Overview,” “Results of Operations,” “Financial Condition,” “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” “Off-Balance 
Sheet Arrangements,” “Fourth Quarter, 2017 Financial Results,” and “Accounting Policies.”  The following information should 
provide a better understanding of the major factors and trends that affect our earnings performance and financial condition, and how 
our performance during 2017 compares with prior years.  Throughout this section, Capital City Bank Group, Inc., and its subsidiaries, 
collectively, are referred to as “CCBG,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our.”

CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including this MD&A section, contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements about our 
beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, estimates and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties and are 
subject to change based on various factors, many of which are beyond our control. The words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” 
“believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” ”vision,” “goal,” and similar expressions are intended to 
identify forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties.  Our actual future results may differ materially 
from those set forth in our forward-looking statements.  Please see the Introductory Note and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Annual 
Report for a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.

However, other factors besides those listed in Item 1A Risk Factors or discussed in this Annual Report also could adversely affect our 
results, and you should not consider any such list of factors to be a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties.  Any forward-
looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made.  We do not undertake to update any forward-
looking statement, except as required by applicable law.

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Our Business

We are a financial holding company headquartered in Tallahassee, Florida, and we are the parent of our wholly owned subsidiary, 
Capital City Bank (the “Bank” or “CCB”).  We offer a broad array of products and services, including commercial and retail banking 
services, trust and asset management, and retail securities brokerage through a total of 59 banking offices located in Florida, Georgia, 
and Alabama.    Please see the section captioned “About Us” beginning on page 4 for more detailed information about our business.

Our profitability, like most financial institutions, is dependent to a large extent upon net interest income, which is the difference 
between the interest and fees received on interest earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest paid on interest-bearing 
liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings.  Results of operations are also affected by the provision for loan losses, operating 
expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and other operating expenses including income taxes, and noninterest 
income such as deposit fees, wealth management fees, mortgage banking fees, and bank card fees.    

Strategic Review

Our philosophy is to build long-term client relationships based on quality service, high ethical standards, and safe and sound banking 
practices.  We maintain a locally oriented, community-based focus, which is augmented by experienced, centralized support in select 
specialized areas.  Our local market orientation is reflected in our network of banking office locations, experienced community 
executives with a dedicated President for each market, and community boards which support our focus on responding to local banking 
needs.  We strive to offer a broad array of sophisticated products and to provide quality service by empowering associates to make 
decisions in their local markets.

32

We have sought to build a franchise in small-to medium-sized, less competitive markets, located on the outskirts of the larger 
metropolitan markets where we are positioned as a market leader.  Many of our markets are on the outskirts of these larger markets in 
close proximity to major interstate thoroughfares such as Interstates I-10 and I-75.  Our three largest markets are Tallahassee (Leon 
County, Florida), Gainesville (Alachua County, Florida), and Macon (Bibb County, Georgia).  In 13 of 19 markets in Florida and two 
of four markets in Georgia, we rank within the top four banks in terms of market share.  Furthermore, in the counties in which we 
operate, we maintain a 9.82% market share in the Florida counties and 5.57% in the Georgia counties, suggesting that there is 
significant opportunity to grow market share within these geographic areas.  The larger employers in many of our markets are state 
and local governments, healthcare providers, educational institutions, and small businesses.  While we realize that the markets in our 
footprint do not provide for a level of potential growth that the larger metropolitan markets may provide, our markets do provide good 
growth dynamics and have historically grown in excess of the national average  The value of these markets stems from the fact they 
are stable and less competitive, secondary markets.  We strive to provide value added services to our clients by being not just their 
bank, but their banker.  This element of our strategy distinguishes Capital City Bank from our competitors.           

Our long-term vision remains to profitably expand our franchise through a combination of organic growth in existing markets and 
acquisitions.  We have long understood that our core deposit funding base is a predominant driver of our profitability and overall 
franchise value, and have focused extensively on this component of our organic growth efforts in recent years.  While we have not 
been an active acquirer of banks since 2005, this component of our strategy is still in place.  When evaluating potential acquisition 
opportunities, we will continue to weigh the value of organic growth initiatives versus potential acquisition returns and pursue the 
strategies that we believe provide the best overall return to our shareowners.

Potential acquisition opportunities will continue to be focused on Florida, Georgia, and Alabama with a particular focus on financial 
institutions located on the outskirts of larger, metropolitan areas.  Five markets have been identified, four in Florida and one in 
Georgia, in which management intends to proactively pursue expansion opportunities.  These markets include Alachua, Marion, 
Hernando/Pasco counties in Florida, the western panhandle of Florida, and Bibb and surrounding counties in central Georgia.  Our 
focus on some of these markets may change as we continue to evaluate our strategy and the economic conditions and demographics of 
any individual market.  We will also continue to evaluate de novo expansion opportunities in attractive new markets in the event that 
acquisition opportunities are not feasible.  Other expansion opportunities that will be evaluated include asset management, mortgage 
banking, and other financial businesses that are closely aligned with the business of banking.  Embedded in our acquisition strategy is 
our desire to partner with institutions that are culturally similar, have experienced management and possess either established market 
presence or have potential for improved profitability through growth, economies of scale, or expanded services.  Generally, these 
target institutions will range in asset size from $100 million to $500 million.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

In 2017, we realized marked improvement in our overall financial performance.  Results were driven by continued loan growth, a 
rising interest rate environment, improving credit costs, and a disciplined approach to managing expenses.  Our net interest margin 
increased 12 basis points aided by our asset-sensitive balance sheet and strong core deposit base.  Average deposit balances grew 3.9% 
in 2017, our fourth consecutive year of growth, and have grown approximately $300 million, or 15% since 2013.  In addition, 
noninterest expense declined for the seventh consecutive year and we have reduced annual expenses by $24 million since 2010.    

For 2017, we realized net income of $10.9 million, or $0.64 per diluted share, compared to $11.7 million, or $0.69 per diluted share in 
2016.  Net income in 2017 reflected a $4.1 million, or $0.24 per diluted share, income tax expense related to the tax reform act 
commonly known as Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) enacted on December 22, 2017.  

Net income in 2017 reflected higher net interest income of $5.0 million and a $3.8 million reduction in noninterest expense, partially 
offset by lower noninterest income of $1.9 million, a $1.4 million increase in loan loss provision, and a $6.3 million increase in income 
taxes ($4.1 million attributable to deferred tax re-measurement related to the Tax Act). 

Below are summary highlights that impacted our performance for the year:







Significant improvement in operating leverage driven by margin expansion and expense reduction
Net interest income up $5.0 million, or 6.4% 
Average loan growth of $76 million, or 5.0% 
Noninterest expense down $3.8 million, or 3.3% 
NPAs and classified assets down 42% and 33%, respectively   

During 2017, we again realized meaningful re-composition in our earning asset mix as solid loan growth and increased deployment of 
liquidity into our investment portfolio drove a 6.4% increase in net interest income.  Loan growth in 2017 was broad based as we 
realized average annual growth in all categories except home equity.  Increased economic activity and new loan production in our 
metro markets drove a majority of the growth, however, activity in our smaller rural markets improved in 2017.        

33

Total noninterest income declined $1.9 million, or 3.6%, from 2016, which was primarily attributable to a $2.5 million gain from the 
partial retirement of our trust preferred securities (“TRUPs”) in 2016.  Strong growth in wealth management and mortgage banking 
helped to offset the TRUPs gain contributing growth of 18% and 11%, respectively.  We continue to evaluate opportunities to enhance 
deposit fee and bank card revenues and gained momentum with these initiatives in 2017.    

Noninterest expense decreased $3.8 million, or 3.3%, from 2016 as remaining cycle costs in our expense structure were removed, 
including other real estate expense, legal expense, and FDIC insurance expense.  Lower occupancy expense also contributed to the 
reduction in noninterest expense and reflected our continuing efforts to optimize our banking office structure and operational 
processes.     

Our nonperforming and classified asset levels declined noticeably again in 2017 as evidenced by decreases of 42% and 33%, 
respectively.  We remain committed to our legacy of strong credit underwriting standards and continue to enhance our loan portfolio 
risk management practices which have resulted in net loan losses of 9 basis points and 14 basis points for 2016 and 2017, respectively.              

We continue to focus on and implement strategic initiatives that enhance long-term shareowner value and believe we are well 
positioned to continue improving our operating leverage and returning to our historical norm of profitability.  

Key components of our 2017 financial performance are summarized below:  

Results of Operations









For 2017, taxable equivalent net interest income increased $5.2 million, or 6.6%, to $84.2 million driven by a positive shift in 
earning asset mix due to growth in the loan and investment portfolios, coupled with higher short-term interest rates, partially 
offset by a higher rate paid on negotiated rate deposits.  Our net interest margin of 3.37% in 2017 was 12 basis points higher 
than the 3.25% recorded in 2016, driven by a 14 basis point increase in the earning asset yield that was partially offset by a 
two basis point reduction in the cost of funds.

For 2017, the provision for loan losses was $2.2 million for 2017 compared to $0.8 million for 2016 with the increase 
attributable to a higher level of net loan charge-offs and growth in the loan portfolio.  The higher level of net loan charge-offs 
reflected a lower level of loan recoveries as 2016 was a very successful year for collecting on loan loss judgments.   

For 2017, noninterest income totaled $51.7 million, a decrease of $1.9 million, or 3.6%, from 2016 attributable to lower other 
income of $2.7 million and deposit fees of $1.0 million, partially offset by higher wealth management fees of $1.2 million 
and mortgage banking fees of $0.6 million.  The decrease in other income was attributable to a $2.5 million gain from the 
partial retirement of our trust preferred securities in 2016.

For 2017, noninterest expense totaled $109.4 million, a decrease of $3.8 million, or 3.3%, from 2016 attributable to lower 
other expense of $3.2 million (primarily cycle-related costs: OREO of $2.5 million, legal of $0.4 million, and FDIC 
insurance of $0.4 million), occupancy expense of $0.5 million, and compensation expense of $0.1 million.  

Financial Condition

 Average assets totaled approximately $2.816 billion for 2017, an increase of $63.8 million, or 2.3%, over 2016.  Average 
earning assets were approximately $2.502 billion for 2017, an increase of $69.8 million, or 2.9% over 2016.     Year-over-
year, average net overnight funds decreased $22.8 million, while investment securities increased $16.3 million and average 
gross loans were higher by $76.4 million.  

 Average gross loans totaled $1.619 billion in 2017, an increase of $76.4 million, or 5.0%, over 2016.  Loans as a percentage 
of average earning assets increased to 64.7% in 2017 compared to 63.4% in 2016.  Year-over-year, average balances in the 
loan portfolio experienced increases in all loan categories except home equity loans.  A portion of the increase compared to 
the prior year was due to strategic loan purchases of approximately $26.8 million in adjustable residential real estate loans 
and $16.4 million in fixed and adjustable rate commercial real estate loans. 

 Average total deposits for 2017 were $2.372 billion, an increase of $89.1 million, or 3.9%, over 2016 and reflected increases 

in all deposit types except certificates of deposit.  2017 was the fourth consecutive year that we have realized growth in our 
average deposit balances.   

34

 At December 31, 2017, our nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and OREO) totaled $11.1 million, a decrease of $8.1 
million, or 42% from December 31, 2016.  Nonaccrual loans totaled $7.2 million at December 31, 2017, a $1.4 million 
decrease from December 31, 2016.  The balance of OREO totaled $3.9 million at December 31, 2017, a decrease of $6.7 
million December 31, 2016.  We continued to make progress during 2017 in disposing of OREO properties totaling $7.5 
million.  Nonperforming assets represented 0.38% of total assets at December 31, 2017 compared to 0.67% at December 31, 
2016.

 At December 31, 2017, the allowance for loan losses of $13.3 million was 0.80% of outstanding loans (net of overdrafts) and 
provided coverage of 186% of nonperforming loans compared to 0.86% and 157%, respectively, at December 31, 2016.  For 
2017, our net loan charge-offs totaled $2.3 million, or 0.14%, of average loans, compared to $1.3 million, or 0.09%, for 2016 
with the increase attributable to a lower level of loan recoveries in 2017.  



Shareowners’ equity increased by $9.0 million from $275.2 million at December 31, 2016 to $284.2 million at December 31, 
2017.  We continue to maintain a strong capital base as evidenced by a risk-based capital ratio of 17.10% and tangible 
common equity ratio of 7.09% at December 31, 2017 compared to 16.28% and 6.90%, respectively, at December 31, 2016.  
During 2016, the repurchase of our common shares and the partial retirement of trust preferred securities unfavorably 
impacted these regulatory capital ratios by approximately 38 basis points and 50 basis points, respectively.  At December 31, 
2017, all of our regulatory capital ratios exceeded the threshold to be well-capitalized.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For 2017, we realized net income of $10.9 million, or $0.64 per diluted share, which included a $4.1 million, or $0.24 per diluted 
share, one-time income tax expense related to the Tax Act enacted on December 22, 2017, compared to net income of $11.7 million, or 
$0.69 per diluted share in 2016, and $9.1 million, or $0.53 per diluted share in 2015.

The decrease in net income for 2017 was attributable to higher income tax expense of $6.3 million primarily due to a discrete tax 
expense of $4.1 million related to the Tax Act.  Income before income taxes improved year over year and reflected higher net interest 
income of $5.0 million and a $3.8 million reduction in noninterest expense, partially offset by lower noninterest income of $1.9 million 
and a $1.4 million increase in the loan loss provision.

The increase in net income for 2016 was attributable to lower noninterest expense of $2.0 million, higher net interest income of $1.6 
million, and a $0.8 million decrease in the loan loss provision, partially offset by higher income taxes of $1.4 million and lower 
noninterest income of $0.4 million.  

A condensed earnings summary for the last three years is presented in Table 1 below:

Table 1
CONDENSED SUMMARY OF EARNINGS

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Interest Income
Taxable Equivalent Adjustments
Total Interest Income (FTE)
Interest Expense
Net Interest Income (FTE)
Provision for Loan Losses
Taxable Equivalent Adjustments
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses
Noninterest Income
Noninterest Expense
Income Before Income Taxes
Income Tax Expense 
Net Income

Basic Net Income Per Share

Diluted Net Income Per Share

2017

2016

2015

$

$

$

$

86,930
1,226
88,156
3,948
84,208
2,215
1,226
80,767
51,746
109,447
23,066
12,203
10,863

0.64

0.64

$

$

$

$

81,154
1,011
82,165
3,189
78,976
819
1,011
77,146
53,681
113,214
17,613
5,867
11,746

0.69

0.69

$

$

$

$

79,658
638
80,296
3,307
76,989
1,594
638
74,757
54,091
115,273
13,575
4,459
9,116

0.53

0.53

35

     
Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents our single largest source of earnings and is equal to interest income and fees generated by earning 
assets, less interest expense paid on interest bearing liabilities.  We provide an analysis of our net interest income, including average 
yields and rates in Tables 2 and 3 below.  We provide this information on a "taxable equivalent" basis to reflect the tax-exempt status 
of income earned on certain loans and investments. 

In 2017, our tax equivalent net interest income increased $5.2 million, or 6.6%. This follows increases of $2.0 million, or 2.6% and 
$1.9 million, or 2.5%, in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Increases over each subsequent year reflect growth in our loan and investment 
portfolios. In 2017, the increase also reflected favorable repricing of our adjustable and variable earning assets, partially offset by a 
slight increase in our negotiated rate deposits. 

For 2017, taxable equivalent interest income increased $6.0 million, or 7.3%, over 2016.  In 2016, taxable equivalent interest income 
increased $1.9 million, or 2.3%, over 2015.  The increases in both comparisons were primarily due to higher balances in the loan and 
investment portfolios coupled with higher rates. 

Interest expense increased $0.8 million, or 23.8%, from 2016 to 2017, and decreased $0.1 million, or 3.7%, from 2015 to 2016. The 
increase over the prior year primarily reflects increases to our negotiated rate deposits which are tied to an adjustable rate index. The 
decline from 2015 to 2016 was primarily attributable to lower interest expense on long-term debt which was paid off.  The cost of 
funds increased three basis points to 16 basis points in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to a higher cost of negotiated rate 
products. The lower cost of funds for 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily attributable to lower interest expense on long-term debt 
that was paid off. 

Our interest rate spread (defined as the taxable equivalent yield on average earning assets less the average rate paid on interest bearing 
liabilities) increased nine basis points in 2017 compared to 2016 and decreased seven basis points in 2016 compared to 2015. The 
increase in 2017 over the prior year reflects favorable repricing of our adjustable and variable rate earning assets, partially offset by an 
increase in our negotiated rate deposits. The decrease from 2016 to 2015 was primarily attributable to the adverse impact of lower 
rates on the loan portfolio, which more than offset the repricing of our deposit base.

Our net interest margin (defined as taxable equivalent interest income less interest expense divided by average earning assets) of 
3.37% in 2017 was a 12 basis point increase over 2016. The net interest margin of 3.25% in 2016 was six basis points lower than the 
3.31% in 2015.  In 2017, the yield on earning assets increased 15 basis points, partially offset by a three basis point increase in our 
cost of funds.  In 2016, the yield on earning assets declined seven basis points compared to 2015, as the adverse impact of loan 
portfolio repricing and lower fees was partially offset by a decline in the cost of funds of one basis point.   

The Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) increased the federal funds rate three times in 2017 to end the year with a target rate of 
1.50%. These rate increases have positively affected our net interest income due to favorable repricing of our variable and adjustable 
rate earning assets.  Although these rate increases have also resulted in higher rates paid on our negotiated rate deposit products, we 
continue to monitor and manage our overall cost of funds. Despite highly competitive loan pricing across most markets, the yield of 
the overall loan portfolio has increased year-over-year. 

Various loan strategies, which align with our overall risk appetite, continue to be reviewed and implemented to enhance our 
performance.  We continue to maintain short duration portfolios on both sides of the balance sheet and believe we are well positioned 
to respond to changing market conditions.  

36

   
Table 2
AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES

(Taxable Equivalent Basis - Dollars 
in Thousands)

ASSETS
Loans, Net of Unearned Income(1)(2)
Taxable Investment Securities
Tax-Exempt Investment Securities(2)
Funds Sold
Total Earning Assets
Cash & Due From Banks
Allowance for Loan Losses
Other Assets
TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES
NOW Accounts
Money Market Accounts
Savings Accounts
Time Deposits
Total Interest Bearing Deposits
Short-Term Borrowings
Subordinated Notes Payable
Other Long-Term Borrowings
Total Interest Bearing Liabilities
Noninterest Bearing Deposits
Other Liabilities
TOTAL LIABILITIES

SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY
TOTAL SHAREOWNERS’ 
EQUITY

2017

2016

2015

Average 
Balance

Interest

Average 
Rate

Average 
Balance

Interest

Average 
Rate

Average 
Balance

Interest

Average 
Rate

$ 1,618,583 $
595,790
97,867
189,991
2,502,231
51,091
(13,541)
276,315
$ 2,816,096

$

805,861 $
258,304
323,928
151,301
1,539,394
9,927
52,887
15,174
1,617,382
832,477
82,833
2,532,692

76,385
8,095
1,610
2,066
88,156

73,417
6,317
1,327
1,104
82,165

4.72 % $ 1,542,232 $
1.36
1.65
1.09
3.52 %

586,284
91,059
212,817
2,432,392
47,447
(14,080)
286,550
$ 2,752,309

4.76 % $ 1,474,833 $
1.08
1.46
0.52
3.38 %

530,297
81,748
237,976
2,324,854
48,195
(15,876)
302,144
$ 2,659,317

73,436
5,223
1,005
632
80,296

4.98 %
0.98
1.23
0.27
3.45 %

1,094
252
159
284
1,789
82
1,634
443
3,948

0.14 % $
0.10
0.05
0.19
0.12 %
0.82
3.05
2.92
0.25 %

779,764 $
256,265
292,326
168,741
1,497,096
36,762
55,729
23,880
1,613,467
785,689
74,818
2,473,974

292
120
144
323
879
148
1,434
728
3,189

0.04 % $
0.05
0.05
0.19
0.06 %
0.40
2.53
3.05
0.20 %

747,297 $
257,920
255,397
186,944
1,447,558
58,481
62,887
29,698
1,598,624
715,883
69,666
2,384,173

254
134
126
430
944
59
1,368
936
3,307

0.03 %
0.05
0.05
0.23
0.07 %
0.10
2.14
3.15
0.21 %

283,404

278,335

275,144

TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY $ 2,816,096

$ 2,752,309

$ 2,659,317

Interest Rate Spread
Net Interest Income

Net Interest Margin(3)

$

84,208

3.27 %

3.37 %

$

78,976

3.18 %

3.25 %

$

76,989

3.25 %

3.31 %

(1)  Average balances include nonaccrual loans.  Interest income includes loan fees of $0.7 million for 2017, $0.8 million for 2016, and $1.4 million for 2015.
(2)  Interest income includes the effects of taxable equivalent adjustments using a 35% tax rate.
(3)  Taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets.

37

 
 
Table 3
RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS(1)

(Taxable Equivalent Basis -
Dollars in Thousands)
Earnings Assets:
Loans, Net of Unearned Interest(2) $ 2,968
Investment Securities:

Total

2017 vs. 2016
Increase (Decrease) Due to Change In

Calendar(3)  

Volume  

Rate

2016 vs. 2015
Increase (Decrease) Due to Change In
Calendar(3) Volume  
Rate

Total

$

(201) $

3,836

$

(667) $

(19) $

201 $

3,155

$ (3,375)

Taxable
Tax-Exempt(2)

Funds Sold

Total

Interest Bearing Liabilities:

NOW Accounts

Money Market Accounts
Savings Accounts

Time Deposits

Short-Term Borrowings

Subordinated Notes Payable

Other Long-Term Borrowings

Total

1,778

283

962

5,991

802

132
15

(39)

(66)

200

(285)

759

(14)

(3)

(2)

(220)

(1)

-
-

(1)

-

(4)

(3)

(9)

119

103

(115)

3,943

11

1
16

(32)

(108)

(69)

(262)

(443)

1,673

183

1,079

2,268

792

131
(1)

(6)

42

273

(20)

1,211

1,094

322

472

1,869

38

(14)
18

(107)

89

66

(208)

(118)

14

3

2

537

111

(69)

543

208

539

220

3,734

(2,085)

1

-
-

1

-

4

3

9

10

(1)
18

(43)

(22)

(160)

(186)

(384)

27

(13)
-

(65)

111

222

(25)

257

Changes in Net Interest Income

$ 5,232

$

(211) $

4,386

$ 1,057

$ 1,987

$

211 $

4,118

$ (2,342)

(1) This table shows the change in taxable equivalent net interest income for comparative periods based on either changes in
average volume or changes in average rates for interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes which are
not solely due to volume changes or solely due to rate changes have been attributed to rate changes.

(2) Interest income includes the effects of taxable equivalent adjustments using a 35% tax rate to adjust interest on tax-exempt 

loans and securities to a taxable equivalent basis.

(3) Reflects change due to one extra calendar day in 2016.

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan loss was $2.2 million for 2017 compared to $0.8 million for 2016 and $1.6 million in 2015.  The increase in 
2017 reflected higher net loan charge-offs and growth in the loan portfolio. The decrease in 2016 reflected favorable problem loan 
migration and lower net loan losses which were partially offset by growth in the loan portfolio.  We discuss these trends in further 
detail below under Risk Element Assets and Allowance for Loan Losses.  

Noninterest Income

For 2017, noninterest income totaled $51.7 million, a decrease of $1.9 million, or 3.6%, from 2016 attributable to lower other income 
of $2.7 million and deposit fees of $1.0 million, partially offset by higher wealth management fees of $1.2 million and mortgage 
banking fees of $0.6 million.  The decrease in other income was attributable to a $2.5 million gain from the partial retirement of our 
trust preferred securities in the second quarter of 2016.  Lower fees related to data processing services provided to third parties also 
contributed to the decrease and reflected the discontinuance of this line of business over the past two years with our last client 
discontinuing service in the fourth quarter of 2017.  The reduction in deposit fees reflected lower utilization of our overdraft service 
product.  Growth in assets under management as well as improved sales efforts have resulted in strong growth in wealth management 
fees.  Strong home sales in our markets and a growing market share of residential loan production have driven the improvement in 
mortgage banking fees.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For 2016, the $0.4 million, or 0.8%, decrease from 2015 was primarily attributable to lower deposit fees of $1.3 million and wealth 
management fees of $0.5 million, partially offset by higher other income of $0.8 million and mortgage banking fees of $0.6 million.  
The decrease in deposit fees reflected lower utilization of our overdraft service product.  The reduction in wealth management fees 
generally reflected lower trading volume by our retail brokerage clients.  The favorable variance in other income primarily reflected a 
$2.5 million gain from the partial retirement of our TRUPs in 2016, partially offset by higher BOLI income of $1.7 million in 2015.  
Strong home sales in our markets and further expansion into the Gainesville, Florida market drove the improvement in mortgage 
banking fees.

Noninterest income as a percent of total operating revenues (net interest income plus noninterest income) was 38.41% in 2017, 
40.78% in 2016, and 41.47% in 2015.  The decline in this metric over the last three years is partially attributable to growth in net 
interest income as a component of operating revenues. 

The table below reflects the major components of noninterest income.

(Dollars in Thousands)
Deposit Fees
Bank Card Fees
Wealth Management Fees
Mortgage Banking Fees
Other
Total Noninterest Income

2017

2016

2015

$

$

20,335
11,191
8,284
5,754
6,182
51,746

$

$

21,332
11,221
7,029
5,192
8,907
53,681

$

$

22,608
11,278
7,533
4,539
8,133
54,091

Various significant components of noninterest income are discussed in more detail below.

Deposit Fees.  For 2017, deposit fees (service charge fees, insufficient fund/overdraft fees (“NSF/OD”), and business account analysis 
fees) totaled $20.3 million compared to $21.3 million in 2016 and $22.6 million in 2015.  The $1.0 million, or 4.7%, decrease in 2017 
and the $1.3 million, or 5.6% decrease in 2016, were due to a lower level of NSF/OD fees attributable to a reduction in the number of 
accounts using our overdraft protection service and lower utilization by existing users reflecting improved financial management by 
our clients.  

Bank Card Fees.  Bank card fees totaled $11.2 million in 2017 compared to $11.2 million in 2016 and $11.3 million in 2015.  This 
revenue stream has been impacted by the continuing trend of debit card accepting merchants steering card transactions to the lowest 
cost card processor, thus reducing our interchange share.  We have made progress in stabilizing bank card revenues over the past three 
years and continue to evaluate and execute on initiatives aimed at growing both debit card and credit card interchange revenues.

Wealth Management Fees.  Wealth management fees including both trust fees (i.e., managed accounts and trusts/estates) and retail 
brokerage fees (i.e., investment, insurance products, and retirement accounts) totaled $8.3 million in 2017 compared to $7.0 million in 
2016 and $7.5 million in 2015.  The $1.3 million, or 17.9%, increase in 2017 reflected growth in assets under management attributable 
to both higher account valuations upon which fees are based and new account growth. The $0.5 million, or 6.7%, decrease in 2016 
reflected lower transaction activity by our retail brokerage clients.  At December 31, 2017, total assets under management were 
approximately $1.418 billion compared to $1.192 billion at December 31, 2016 and $1.139 billion at December 31, 2015.

Mortgage Banking Fees.  Mortgage banking fees totaled $5.8 million in 2017 compared to $5.2 million in 2016 and $4.5 million in 
2015.  The increases in both 2017 and 2016 reflected strong home sales in our markets and a growing market share of residential loan 
production.  Refinancing activity represented 11% of our loan production in 2017 compared to 20% and 18% for 2016 and 2015, 
respectively.  Market conditions, housing activity, the level of interest rates and the mix of our fixed-rate and variable rate production 
have significant impacts on our mortgage banking fees.

Other.  Other noninterest income totaled $6.2 million in 2017 compared to $8.9 million in 2016 and $8.1 million in 2015.  The 
decrease in 2017 was attributable to a $2.5 million gain from the partial retirement of our trust preferred securities in the second 
quarter of 2016.  Lower fees related to data processing services provided to third parties also contributed to the decrease and reflected 
the discontinuance of this line of business over the past two years with our last client discontinuing service in the fourth quarter of 
2017.  The increase in 2016 reflected a $2.5 million gain from the partial retirement of our trust preferred securities, partially offset by 
higher BOLI income of $1.7 million in 2015.  

39

Noninterest Expense

For 2017, noninterest expense totaled $109.4 million, a decrease of $3.8 million, or 3.3%, from 2016 attributable to lower other 
expense of $3.2 million (primarily OREO of $2.5 million, legal of $0.4 million, and FDIC insurance of $0.4 million), occupancy 
expense of $0.5 million, and compensation expense of $0.1 million.  All OREO expense categories (gain/loss on sale, carrying costs, 
and valuation adjustments) declined as we continued efforts to liquidate our remaining properties.  Legal and FDIC insurance expense 
declined as expected as these categories return closer to historical norm, post-recession.  The decrease in occupancy expense reflected 
our continuing efforts to optimize our banking office structure and operational processes.  The decrease in compensation expense 
reflected lower salary expense of $1.2 million, partially offset by higher associate benefit expense of $1.1 million.  

For 2016, the $2.1 million, or 1.8%, decrease from 2015 reflected lower other expense of $2.2 million (primarily OREO of $1.3 
million and FDIC insurance of $0.7 million) and compensation expense of $0.4 million, partially offset by higher occupancy expense 
of $0.5 million.  Lower carrying costs drove the reduction in OREO expense.  The reduction in FDIC insurance expense reflected 
improvement in our insurance premium.  The decrease in compensation reflected a higher level of deferred loan cost (which reduces 
salary expense), partially offset by higher associate benefit expense, primarily stock compensation expense.  The increase in 
occupancy expense was primarily due to higher depreciation expense reflective of technology investments in our banking offices and 
security infrastructure, and to a lesser extent higher maintenance costs for building and furniture/equipment.   

Our operating efficiency ratio (expressed as noninterest expense as a percent of taxable equivalent net interest income plus noninterest 
income) was 80.50%, 85.34% and 87.94% in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Improved operating leverage reflective of growth in 
net interest income as well as lower operating expenses has driven the improvement for all respective years.     

Expense management is an important part of our culture and strategic focus and we will continue to review and evaluate opportunities 
to optimize our operations, reduce operating costs and manage our discretionary expenses.  

The table below reflects the major components of noninterest expense.

(Dollars in Thousands)
Salaries
Associate Benefits
Total Compensation

Premises
Equipment
Total Occupancy

Legal Fees
Professional Fees
Processing Services
Advertising
Travel and Entertainment
Printing and Supplies
Telephone
Postage
Insurance – Other
Other Real Estate, Net
Miscellaneous
Total Other Expense

$

2017

2016

2015

$

46,421
18,456
64,877

8,790
9,047
17,837

1,933
3,689
6,253
1,731
868
631
2,405
764
1,626
1,135
5,698
26,733

$

47,610
17,374
64,984

9,047
9,249
18,296

2,311
3,424
6,471
1,702
889
710
2,296
891
2,060
3,649
5,531
29,934

48,263
17,151
65,414

9,015
8,723
17,738

2,506
3,788
6,540
1,391
901
825
1,976
996
2,737
4,971
5,490
32,121

Total Noninterest Expense

$

109,447

$

113,214

$

115,273

40

Various significant components of noninterest expense are discussed in more detail below.

Compensation.  Compensation expense totaled $64.9 million in 2017, $65.0 million in 2016, and $65.4 million in 2015.  For 2017, the 
$0.1 million, or 0.2%, decrease from 2016 reflected lower salary expense of $1.2 million partially offset by higher associate benefit 
expense of $1.1 million.  Continued headcount attrition drove the decline in salary expense and the increase in associate benefit 
expense reflected higher pension plan expense attributable to utilization of a lower discount rate for plan liabilities and to a lesser 
extent higher associate insurance expense and stock compensation expense.

For 2016, the $0.4 million, or 0.7%, decrease from 2015 was attributable to lower salary expense of $0.6 million, partially offset by 
higher associate benefit expense of $0.2 million.  The decrease in salary expense was attributable to higher deferred loan cost 
amortization (which is accounted for as a credit offset to salary expense).  The increase in associate benefit expense was primarily due 
to higher stock compensation expense tied to financial performance which improved in 2016.

Occupancy.  Occupancy expense (including premises and equipment) totaled $17.8 million for 2017, $18.3 million for 2016, and 
$17.7 million for 2015.  For 2017, the $0.5 million, or 2.5%, decrease from 2016 generally reflected our continuing efforts to optimize 
our banking office structure and operational processes.  For 2016, the $0.6 million, or 3.1%, increase was primarily due to higher 
depreciation expense related to technology investments in our banking offices and security infrastructure, and to a lesser extent higher 
maintenance costs for building and furniture/equipment.  

Other.  Other noninterest expense totaled $26.7 million in 2017, $29.9 million in 2016, and $32.1 million in 2015.  For 2017, the $3.2 
million, or 10.7%, decrease was primarily attributable to lower OREO expense of $2.5 million, FDIC insurance fees of $0.4 million, 
and legal fees of $0.4 million.  Lower valuation adjustments of $1.0 million, and net gains from the sale of properties of $1.4 million 
(higher gains of $0.6 million and lower losses of $0.8 million) drove the reduction in OREO expense.  The reduction in FDIC 
insurance reflected further reduction in our premium which we do not expect will decline further going forward.  Legal expense 
declined due to a lower level of support needed for problem loan resolutions.      

For 2016, the decrease was primarily attributable to lower OREO expense of $1.3 million, FDIC insurance fees of $0.7 million, legal 
fees of $0.2 million, and professional fees of $0.4 million, partially offset by higher telephone expense of $0.3 million and advertising 
expense of $0.3 million. Lower property carrying costs drove the reduction in OREO expense.  The reduction in FDIC insurance fees 
was attributable to the revision of the FDIC fee structure in the third quarter of 2016.  The decrease in professional fees reflected a 
lower level of consulting and other professional fees.  Legal fees declined due to a lower level of legal support needed for problem 
loan resolutions.  The increase in telephone expense was attributable to the implementation of a new telephone system during 2016 
and the need to run dual circuits for a period of time while the system was phased in.  An increased level of product advertising drove 
the increase in advertising expense.  

Income Taxes

For 2017, we realized income tax expense of $12.2 million (53% effective rate) compared to $5.9 million (33% effective rate) for 
2016 and $4.5 million (33% effective rate) for 2015.  Income tax expense for 2017 included a $0.3 million write-off of a deferred tax 
asset related to a cancelled stock award as well as income tax benefits of $0.2 million related to stock-based compensation awards.  

On December 22, 2017, H.R.1, commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law.  Among other 
things, the Tax Act reduces our corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018.  As a result, we are required to re-
measure, through income tax expense, our deferred tax assets and liabilities using the enacted rate at which we expect them to be 
recovered or settled.  The recorded provisional adjustment in the amount of $4.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2017 reflected the re-
measurement of our deferred tax inventory.  Excluding this discrete item, our effective tax rate was 36% for 2017.

Absent future discrete events, we anticipate that our effective tax will approximate 24% due to a lower federal tax rate related to the 
Tax Act.   

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Average assets totaled approximately $2.816 billion for the year 2017, an increase of $63.8 million, or 2.3%, over 2016.  Average 
earning assets were approximately $2.502 billion for the year 2017, an increase of $69.8 million, or 2.9% over 2016.  Year-over-year, 
average overnight funds decreased $22.8 million, while investment securities increased $16.3 million and average gross loans were 
higher by $76.4 million.  We discuss these variances in more detail below.

Table 2 provides information on average balances and rates, Table 3 provides an analysis of rate and volume variances and Table 4 
highlights the changing mix of our interest earning assets over the last three years.

41

Loans

In 2017, average loans increased $76.4 million, or 5.0%, compared to an increase of $67.4 million, or 4.6%, in 2016.  Loans as a 
percentage of average earning assets increased to 64.7% in 2017 compared to 63.4% in 2016 and 2015. Year-over-year average 
balances in the loan portfolio experienced increases in all loan categories except home equity loans.  A portion of the increase 
compared to the prior year was due to strategic loan purchases of approximately $26.8 million in adjustable residential real estate 
loans and $16.4 million in fixed and adjustable rate commercial real estate loans. 

We continue to make minor modifications on some of our lending programs to try and mitigate the impact that consumer and business 
deleveraging has had on our portfolio.  These programs, coupled with economic improvements in our anchor markets and strategic 
loan purchases, have helped to increase overall loan growth.

We originate mortgage loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties through our Residential Real Estate line of business, a 
majority of which are fixed-rate loans that are sold into the secondary market to third party purchasers on a best efforts delivery basis 
with servicing released.  A majority of our adjustable rate loans are retained in our loan portfolio.  

Table 4
SOURCES OF EARNING ASSET GROWTH

(Average Balances – Dollars In Thousands)
Loans:

Commercial, Financial, and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer

Total Loans

Investment Securities:

Taxable
Tax-Exempt

Total Securities

Funds Sold

2016 to
2017
Change

Percentage
Total
Change

Components of
Average Earning Assets
2016

2017

2015

$

$

$

12,055
15,719
19,391
14,202
(4,286)
19,270
76,351

9,506
6,808
16,314

17.0 %
23.0
28.0
20.0
(6.0)
28.0
110.0 %

14.0 %
10.0
24.0

8.8 %
2.6
20.5
12.7
9.2
10.9
64.7 %

23.8 %
3.9
27.7

8.5 %
2.1
20.3
12.5
9.6
10.4
63.4 %

24.1 %
3.8
27.9

6.8 %
2.0
21.7
13.0
9.9
10.1
63.5 %

22.8 %
3.5
26.3

(22,826)

(34.0)

7.6

8.7

10.2

Total Earning Assets

$

69,839

100.0 %

100.0 %

100.0 %

100.0 %

Our average loan-to-deposit ratio increased to 68.2% in 2017 from 67.6% in 2016.  The higher loan-to-deposit ratio reflects stronger 
growth in our average loan balances relative to the growth in average deposit balances.    

The composition of our loan portfolio at December 31st for each of the past five years is shown in Table 5.  Table 6 arrays our total 
loan portfolio as of December 31, 2017, by maturity period.  As a percentage of the total portfolio, loans with fixed interest rates 
represented 37.2% as of December 31, 2017, compared to 35.7% on December 31, 2016. The higher ratio was primarily due to 
increases in fixed rate commercial mortgage and residential loans, partially offset by a decline in variable rate home equity lines of 
credit.  

42

Table 5
LOANS BY CATEGORY

(Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction(1)
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential(1)
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total Loans, Net of Unearned Income

(1)  Includes loans held for sale

Table 6

LOAN MATURITIES

(Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer(1)
Total

Loans with Fixed Rates
Loans with Floating or Adjustable Rates
Total

2017

218,166
77,966
535,707
316,723
229,513
280,234
1,658,309

$

$

2016

216,404
59,147
503,978
291,691
236,512
264,443
1,572,175

$

$

2015

179,816
47,402
499,813
301,299
233,901
241,676
1,503,907

$

$

2014

136,925
43,472
510,120
304,781
229,572
217,192
1,442,062

$

$

2013

126,607
36,187
533,871
315,582
227,922
159,500
1,399,669

$

$

Maturity Periods

Over One 
Through Five 
Years

Over
 Five Years

One Year
 or Less

$

$

$

$

57,022
60,829
46,393
20,631
4,445
11,910
201,230

98,624
102,606
201,230

$

$

$

$

130,437
4,203
81,353
26,595
50,516
245,760
538,864

410,320
128,544
538,864

$

$

$

$

30,708
12,934
407,961
269,497
174,551
22,564
918,215

107,330
810,885
918,215

$

$

$

$

Total

218,167
77,966
535,707
316,723
229,512
280,234
1,658,309

616,274
1,042,035
1,658,309

(1)Demand loans and overdrafts are reported in the category of one year or less.

Risk Element Assets

Risk element assets consist of nonaccrual loans, OREO, troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), past due loans, potential problem 
loans, and loan concentrations.  Table 7 depicts certain categories of our risk element assets as of December 31st for each of the last 
five years.  Activity within our nonperforming asset portfolio is provided below in Table 8.   

Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and OREO) totaled $11.1 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $19.2 million at 
December 31, 2016.  Nonaccrual loans totaled $7.2 million at December 31, 2017, a $1.4 million decrease from December 31, 2016.  
Nonaccrual loan additions totaled $14.1 million for 2017 compared to $13.1 million for 2016.  The balance of OREO totaled $3.9 
million at December 31, 2017, a decrease of $6.7 million December 31, 2016.  For 2017, we disposed of properties totaling $7.5 
million compared to $10.3 million in 2016.  Nonperforming assets represented 0.38% of total assets at December 31, 2017 compared 
to 0.67% at December 31, 2016.

43

                  
 
Table 7
RISK ELEMENT ASSETS

(Dollars in Thousands)
Nonaccruing Loans:

Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer

Total Nonperforming Loans (“NPLs”)(1)
Other Real Estate Owned
Total Nonperforming Assets (“NPAs”)

Past Due Loans 30 – 89 Days
Performing Troubled Debt Restructurings

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

$

$

$

$
$

629
298
2,370
1,938
1,748
176
7,159
3,941
11,100

4,579
32,164

$

$

$

$
$

468
311
3,410
2,330
1,774
240
8,533
10,638
19,171

6,438
38,233

$

$

$

$
$

96
97
4,191
4,739
1,017
165
10,305
19,290
29,595

5,775
35,634

$

$

$

$
$

507
424
5,806
6,737
2,544
751
16,769
35,680
52,449

6,792
44,409

$

$

$

$
$

188
426
25,227
6,440
4,084
599
36,964
48,071
85,035

7,746
44,764

Nonperforming Loans/Loans
Nonperforming Assets/Total Assets
Nonperforming Assets/Loans Plus OREO
Allowance/Nonperforming Loans

0.43 %
0.38
0.67
185.87 %

0.54 %
0.67
1.21
157.40 %

0.69 %
1.06
1.94
135.40 %

1.16 %
2.00
3.55
104.60 %

2.64 %
3.26
5.87
62.48 %

(1) Nonaccrual TDRs totaling $2.3 million, $1.7 million, and $2.7 million are included in nonaccrual/NPL totals for 
    December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Table 8
NONPERFORMING ASSET ACTIVITY

(Dollars in Thousands)
NPA Beginning Balance:
Change in Nonaccrual Loans:

Beginning Balance
Additions
Charge-Offs
Transferred to OREO
Paid Off/Payments
Restored to Accrual

Ending Balance

Change in OREO:

Beginning Balance
Additions(1)
Valuation Write-downs
Sales
Other

Ending Balance

NPA Net Change
NPA Ending Balance

2017

2016

$

19,171

$

29,595

8,533
14,122
(2,912)
(1,402)
(4,440)
(6,742)
7,159

10,638
2,384
(1,318)
(7,496)
(267)
3,941

(8,071)
11,100

$

$

10,305
13,065
(2,783)
(3,718)
(3,153)
(5,183)
8,533

19,290
4,016
(2,363)
(10,305)
-
10,638

(10,424)
19,171

(1)  The difference in OREO additions and nonaccrual loans transferred to OREO represents loans migrating to OREO status
     that were not in a nonaccrual status in prior period.

44

Nonaccrual Loans.  Nonaccrual loans totaled $7.2 million at December 31, 2017, a decrease of $1.4 million from December 31, 2016.  
Gross additions to nonaccrual status during 2017 totaled $14.1 million compared to $13.1 million in 2016.  The commercial real estate 
and residential real estate categories realized the largest declines.

Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status if principal or interest payments become 90 days past due or management deems the 
collectability of the principal and interest to be doubtful.  Once a loan is placed in nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and 
uncollected interest is reversed against interest income.  Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized when the ultimate 
collectability is no longer considered doubtful.  Loans are returned to accrual status when the principal and interest amounts 
contractually due are brought current or when future payments are reasonably assured.  If interest on our loans classified as nonaccrual 
during 2017 had been recognized on a fully accruing basis, we would have recorded an additional $0.5 million of interest income for 
the year ended December 31, 2017.

Other Real Estate Owned.  OREO represents property acquired as the result of borrower defaults on loans or by receiving a deed in 
lieu of foreclosure.  OREO is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs, at the time of 
foreclosure.  Write-downs occurring at foreclosure are charged against the allowance for loan losses.  On an ongoing basis, properties 
are either revalued internally or by a third party appraiser as required by applicable regulations.  Subsequent declines in value are 
reflected as other noninterest expense.  Carrying costs related to maintaining the OREO properties are expensed as incurred and are 
also reflected as other noninterest expense.

OREO totaled $3.9 million at December 31, 2017 versus $10.6 million at December 31, 2016.  During 2017, we added properties 
totaling $2.4 million, sold properties totaling $7.5 million, recorded valuation adjustments totaling $1.3 million, and miscellaneous 
adjustments totaling $0.3 million.  For 2016, we added properties totaling $4.0 million and partially or completely liquidated 
properties totaling $10.3 million.  Revaluation adjustments for OREO properties during 2016 totaled $2.4 million and were charged to 
noninterest expense when realized.  

The composition of our OREO portfolio as of December 31 is provided in the table below.

(Dollars in Thousands)
Lots/Land
Residential 1-4
Commercial Building
Other
Total OREO

2017

2016

2,435
187
450
869
3,941

$

$

7,052
1,035
1,551
1,000
10,638

$

$

Troubled Debt Restructurings.  TDRs are loans on which, due to the deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition, the original 
terms have been modified and deemed a concession to the borrower.  From time to time we will modify a loan as a workout 
alternative.  Most of these instances involve an extension of the loan term, an interest rate reduction, or a principal moratorium.  A 
TDR classification can be removed if the borrower’s financial condition improves such that the borrower is no longer in financial 
difficulty, the loan has not had any forgiveness of principal or interest, and the loan is subsequently refinanced or restructured at 
market terms and qualifies as a new loan. 

Loans classified as TDRs at December 31, 2017 totaled $34.5 million compared to $40.0 million at December 31, 2016.  Accruing 
TDRs made up approximately $32.2 million, or 93%, of our TDR portfolio at December 31, 2017 of which $0.9 million was over 30 
days past due.  The weighted average rate for the loans within the accruing TDR portfolio was 5.2%.  During 2017, we modified 9 
loan contracts totaling approximately $0.6 million.  Our TDR default rate (default balance as a percentage of average TDRs) in 2016 
and 2017 was 4% and 7%, respectively.

45

 
The composition of our TDR portfolio as of December 31 is provided in the table below.

2017

2016

(Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total TDRs

Accruing

822
64
17,058
11,666
2,441
113
32,164

$

$

Nonaccruing(1)
-
$
-
1,636
503
186
-
2,325

$

(1)  Nonaccruing TDRs are included in nonaccrual/NPL totals and NPA/NPL ratio calculations.

Activity within our TDR portfolio is provided in the table below.

(Dollars in Thousands)
TDR Beginning Balance:

Additions
Charge-Offs
Paid Off/Payments
Removal Due to Change in TDR Status
Transferred to OREO

TDR Ending Balance

Accruing

772
-
20,673
13,969
2,647
172
38,233

Nonaccruing(1)
40
$
-
1,259
444
-
-
1,743

$

2017

2016

39,976
643
(529)
(5,476)
-
(125)
34,489

$

$

38,321
5,808
(64)
(2,735)
(710)
(644)
39,976

$

$

$

$

Past Due Loans.  A loan is defined as a past due loan when one full payment is past due or a contractual maturity is over 30 days past 
due.  Past due loans at December 31, 2017 totaled $4.6 million compared to $6.4 million at December 31, 2016.

Potential Problem Loans.  Potential problem loans are defined as those loans which are now current but where management has doubt 
as to the borrower’s ability to comply with present loan repayment terms.  At December 31, 2017, we had $1.9 million in loans of this 
type which are not included in either of the nonaccrual, TDR or 90 day past due loan categories compared to $2.0 million at December 
31, 2016.  Management monitors these loans closely and reviews their performance on a regular basis.

Loan Concentrations.  Loan concentrations exist when there are amounts loaned to multiple borrowers engaged in similar activities 
which cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions and such amount exceeds 10% of total loans.  Due to the 
lack of diversified industry within the markets served by the Bank and the relatively close proximity of the markets, we have both 
geographic concentrations as well as concentrations in the types of loans funded.  Specifically, due to the nature of our markets, a 
significant portion of the loan portfolio has historically been secured with real estate, approximately 70% at December 31, 2017 and 
69% at December 31, 2016.  The primary types of real estate collateral are commercial properties and 1-4 family residential 
properties.  At December 31, 2017, commercial real estate and residential real estate mortgage loans (including home equity loans) 
accounted for 32.3% and 32.9%, respectively, of the total loan portfolio.

The following table summarizes our real estate loan portfolio as segregated by the type of property.  Property type concentrations are 
stated as a percentage of December 31st total real estate loans.

Vacant Land, Construction, and Land Development
Improved Property
Total Real Estate Loans

2017

2016

Investor Real 
Estate

11.2 %
23.6
34.8 %

Owner 
Occupied
 Real Estate
-
65.2 %
65.2 %

Investor Real 
Estate

10.7 %
22.2
32.9 %

Owner 
Occupied
 Real Estate
-
67.1 %
67.1 %

A major portion of our real estate loan portfolio is centered in the owner occupied category which carries a lower risk of non-
collection than certain segments of the investor category.  Approximately 68% of the land/construction category was secured by 
residential real estate at December 31, 2017.

46

        
         
Allowance for Loan Losses

Management believes it maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level sufficient to provide for probable credit losses inherent in 
the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date.  Credit losses arise from the borrowers’ inability or unwillingness to repay, and from 
other risks inherent in the lending process including collateral risk, operations risk, concentration risk, and economic risk.  As such, all 
related risks of lending are considered when assessing the adequacy of the allowance.  The allowance for loan losses is established 
through a provision charged to expense.  Loans are charged-off against the allowance when losses are probable and reasonably 
quantifiable.  The allowance for loan losses is based on management's judgment of overall credit quality.  This is a significant estimate 
based on a detailed analysis of the loan portfolio.  The balance can and will change based on revisions to our assessment of the loan 
portfolio's overall credit quality and other risk factors both internal and external to us.

Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis.  The allowance consists of two components.  
The first component consists of amounts reserved for impaired loans.  A loan is deemed impaired when, based on current information 
and events, it is probable that the bank will not be able to collect all amounts due (principal and interest payments), according to the 
contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Loans are monitored for potential impairment through our ongoing loan review procedures 
and portfolio analysis.  Classified loans and past due loans over a specific dollar amount, and all troubled debt restructurings are 
individually evaluated for impairment.  

The approach for assigning reserves for the impaired loans is determined by the dollar amount of the loan and loan type.  Impairment 
measurement for loans over a specific dollar are assigned on an individual loan basis with the amount reserved dependent on whether 
repayment of the loan is dependent on the liquidation of collateral or from some other source of repayment.  If repayment is dependent 
on the sale of collateral, the reserve is equivalent to the recorded investment in the loan less the fair value of the collateral after 
estimated sales expenses.  If repayment is not dependent on the sale of collateral, the reserve is equivalent to the recorded investment 
in the loan less the estimated cash flows discounted using the loan’s effective interest rate.  The discounted value of the cash flows is 
based on the anticipated timing of the receipt of cash payments from the borrower.  The reserve allocations for individually measured 
impaired loans are sensitive to the extent market conditions or the actual timing of cash receipts change.  Impairment reserves for 
smaller-balance loans under a specific dollar amount are assigned on a pooled basis utilizing loss factors for impaired loans of a 
similar nature.         

The second component is a general reserve on all loans other than those identified as impaired.  General reserves are assigned to 
various homogenous loan pools, including commercial, commercial real estate, construction, residential 1-4 family, home equity, and 
consumer.  General reserves are assigned based on historical loan loss ratios determined by loan pool and internal risk ratings that are 
adjusted for various internal and external risk factors unique to each loan pool.

Table 9 analyzes the activity in the allowance over the past five years.

For 2017, our net loan charge-offs totaled $2.3 million, or 0.14%, of average loans, compared to $1.3 million, or 0.09%, for 2016, and 
$5.2 million, or 0.35%, for 2015.  The increase in 2017 was attributable to a lower level of loan recoveries.  The decrease in 2016 was 
attributable to both a lower level of gross loan charge-offs and a higher level of loan recoveries as we were very successful during 
2016 in our collection efforts for judgments obtained during the last economic recession.  At December 31, 2017, the allowance for 
loan losses of $13.3 million was 0.80% of outstanding loans (net of overdrafts) and provided coverage of 186% of nonperforming 
loans compared to 0.86% and 157%, respectively, at December 31, 2016, and 0.93% and 135%, respectively, at December 31, 2015.

Table 10 provides an allocation of the allowance for loan losses to specific loan types for each of the past five years.  

The slight decrease in the allowance for loan losses from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 was primarily attributable to a 
decline in general reserves which reflected favorable problem loan migration and improving risk factors within the loan portfolio.  The 
reduction in the allowance for loan losses from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 was primarily attributable to a decline in 
impaired loan reserves and reflected slower inflow and successful resolutions, as well as lower loss content.  Since 2015, growth in the 
loan portfolio and related general reserves partially offset the aforementioned reductions due to favorable problem loan migration.  It 
is management’s opinion that the allowance at December 31, 2017 is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. 

47

  
 
     
 
Table 9
ANALYSIS OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

(Dollars in Thousands)
Balance at Beginning of Year
Charge-Offs:
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total Charge-Offs

Recoveries:
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total Recoveries

Net Charge-Offs

Provision for Loan Losses

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

$

13,431

$

13,953

$

17,539

$

23,095

$

29,167

1,357
-
685
411
190
2,193
4,836

313
50
174
616
219
1,125
2,497

2,339

2,215

861
-
349
899
450
2,127
4,686

337
-
408
1,231
409
960
3,345

1,341

819

1,029
-
1,250
1,852
1,403
1,901
7,435

239
-
183
705
136
992
2,255

5,180

1,594

871
28
3,788
2,160
1,379
1,820
10,046

214
9
468
752
141
1,001
2,585

7,461

1,905

748
1,070
3,651
3,835
1,159
1,751
12,214

209
1
363
838
294
965
2,670

9,544

3,472

Balance at End of Year

$

13,307

$

13,431

$

13,953

$

17,539

$

23,095

Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans 
   Outstanding

Allowance for Loan Losses as a Percent of 
   Loans at End of Year

Allowance for Loan Losses as a Multiple of 
   Net Charge-Offs

0.14 %

0.09 %

0.35 %

0.53 %

0.66 %

0.80 %

0.86 %

0.93 %

1.22 %

1.65 %

5.69 x

10.02 x

2.69 x

2.35 x

2.42 x

48

  
  
  
  
Table 10
ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

Percent 
of Loans 
in Each 
Category 
To Total 
Loans

Allow-
ance 
Amount

Percent 
of Loans 
in Each 
Category 
To Total 
Loans

Allow-
ance 
Amount

Percent 
of Loans 
in Each 
Category 
To Total 
Loans

Allow-
ance 
Amount

Percent 
of Loans 
in Each 
Category 
To Total 
Loans

Allow-
ance 
Amount

Percent 
of Loans 
in Each 
Category 
To Total 
Loans

Allow-
ance 
Amount

$

1,191

13.2 % $

1,198

13.8 % $

905

12.0 % $

784

9.5 % $

699

9.0 %

122
4,346
3,206
2,506
1,936

-

4.7
32.3
19.1
13.8
16.9

-

168
4,315
3,445
2,297
2,008

-

3.7
32.1
18.6
15.0
16.8

-

101
4,498
4,409
2,473
1,567

-

3.1
33.2
20.0
15.6
16.1

-

843
5,287
6,520
2,882
1,223

-

3.0
35.4
21.1
15.9
15.1

-

1,580
7,710
9,073
3,051
982

-

2.6
38.1
22.6
16.3
11.4

-

(Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial, Financial 
   and Agricultural
Real Estate:

Construction
Commercial
Residential
Home Equity
Consumer
Not Allocated

Total

$ 13,307

100.0 % $ 13,431

100.0 % $ 13,953

100.0 % $ 17,539

100.0 % $ 23,095

100.0 %

Investment Securities

In 2017, our average investment portfolio increased $16.3 million, or 2.4%, from 2016 and increased $65.3 million, or 10.7%, from 
2015 to 2016.  As a percentage of average earning assets, the investment portfolio represented 27.7% in 2017, compared to 27.8% in 
2016.  In both 2016 and 2017, we strategically grew the portfolio to better deploy our liquidity. In 2018, we will continue to closely 
monitor liquidity levels and pledging requirements to assess the need to purchase additional investments, as well as look for new 
investment products that are prudent relative to our risk profile and overall investment strategy. A relatively short duration investment 
portfolio offers the flexibility to provide additional liquidity from maturing bonds, if necessary.

In 2017, average taxable investments increased $9.5 million, or 1.6%, while tax-exempt investments increased $6.8 million, or 
7.5%.  Both taxable and non-taxable investments increased as part of our overall investment strategy in 2017. High quality, short-term 
taxable and non-taxable bonds offered attractive yields during the year, resulting in favorable repricing in the investment portfolio. At 
December 31, 2017, municipal securities (taxable and non-taxable) comprised 13.1% of the portfolio. Management will continue to 
purchase municipal issues as they become available and when it considers the yield to be attractive given the lower federal tax rate 
related to the recent Tax Act. 

The investment portfolio is a significant component of our operations and, as such, it functions as a key element of liquidity and 
asset/liability management.  Two types of classifications are approved for investment securities which are Available-for-Sale (“AFS”) 
and Held-for-Maturity (“HTM”).  In 2016 and 2017, securities were purchased under both the AFS and HTM designations. At 
December 31, 2017, $480.9 million, or 68.9% of the investment portfolio was classified as AFS, with the remaining $216.7 million, or 
31.1%, classified as HTM. At December 31, 2016, the AFS and HTM portfolio comprised 74.7% and 25.3%, respectively.  Table 11 
provides the composition of our investment securities portfolio.

49

  
Table 11
INVESTMENT SECURITES COMPOSITION

(Dollars in Thousands)
Available for Sale
U.S. Government Treasury
U.S. Government Agency
States and Political Subdivisions
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Equity Securities
Total 

$

Held to Maturity
U.S. Government Treasury
U.S. Government Agency
States and Political Subdivisions
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Total

2017

2016

2015

Carrying 
Amount

Percent

Carrying 
Amount

Percent

Carrying 
Amount

Percent

235,341
144,644
91,157
1,185
8,584
480,911

98,256
-
6,996
111,427
216,679

33.7 % $
20.7
13.1
0.2
1.2
68.9

14.1
-
1.0
16.0
31.1

286,278
131,640
94,839
1,430
8,547
522,734

119,131
-
8,175
50,059
177,365

40.9 % $
18.8
13.5
0.2
1.2
74.7

17.0
-
1.2
7.2
25.3

250,346
101,824
88,362
1,901
8,595
451,028

134,554
10,043
15,693
27,602
187,892

39.2 %
15.9
13.8
0.3
1.3
70.6

21.1
1.6
2.5
4.3
29.4

Total Investment Securities

$

697,590

100 % $

700,099

100 % $

638,920

100 %

At acquisition, the classification of the security will be determined based on how the purchase will affect our asset/liability strategy 
and future business plans and opportunities.  Such decisions will be weighed against multiple factors, including regulatory capital 
requirements, volatility in earnings or other comprehensive income, and liquidity needs.  Securities in the AFS portfolio are recorded 
at fair value with unrealized gains and losses associated with these securities recorded net of tax, in the accumulated other 
comprehensive income (loss) component of shareowners’ equity.  Securities that are HTM are those acquired or owned with the intent 
of holding them to maturity (final payment date).  HTM investments are measured at amortized cost. It is neither management’s 
current intent nor practice to participate in the trading of investment securities for the purpose of recognizing gains and therefore we 
do not maintain a trading portfolio.

At December 31, 2017, there were 532 positions (combined AFS and HTM) with unrealized losses totaling $4.6 million.  Ginnie Mae 
mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Treasuries, and SBA securities carry the full faith and credit guarantee of the U.S. Government, and 
are 0% risk-weighted assets.  SBA securities float monthly or quarterly with the prime rate and are uncapped. None of these positions 
with unrealized losses are considered impaired, and all are expected to mature at par.  The table below provides a break-down of our 
unrealized losses by security type.

        Less Than 12 months

         12 months or Longer

Total

(Dollars in Thousands)
GNMA
UST
SBA
FHLB and FFCB
States and Political Subdivisions
Total

Count
70
47
40
7
268
432

 Losses

Market Unrealized 
 Value
$ 56,032
233,304
33,324
12,413
89,954
$ 425,027 $

469
1,261
108
42
361
2,241

Count
46
20
3
16
15
100

 Losses

Market Unrealized 
Value
$ 30,216 $
94,839
1,335
24,422
5,549

743
1,344
2
255
58
2,402

$ 156,361 $

 Losses

Market Unrealized 
Value
$ 86,248 $
328,143
34,659
36,835
95,503
$ 581,388 $

1,212
2,605
110
297
419
4,643

Count
116
67
43
23
283
532

The average maturity of the total portfolio at December 31, 2017 was 1.96 years compared to 1.85 years at December 31, 2016.  
Balances of SBA and GNMA securities increased compared to the prior year, and were partially offset by declines in U.S. Treasuries 
and municipal bonds.  The average life of the investment portfolio increased slightly as GNMAs purchased had longer average lives 
than the existing portfolio.  We continue to look for prudent investments in relatively short-duration, high quality bonds, in addition to 
CRA eligible securities within our footprint and policy guidelines.  See Table 12 for a break-down of maturities by investment type. 

50

The weighted average taxable equivalent yield of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2017 was 1.68% versus 1.22% in 2016.  
This favorable yield reflects the reinvestment of proceeds at higher market rates during 2017.  Our bond portfolio contained no 
investments in obligations, other than U.S. Governments, of any state, municipality, political subdivision or any other issuer that 
exceed 10% of our shareowners’ equity at December 31, 2017. 

Table 12 and Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements present a detailed analysis of our investment securities as to 
type, maturity and yield at December 31.

51

Table 12
MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Within 1 year

1 - 5 years

5 - 10 years

After 10 years

Total

Amount WAY(3)

Amount WAY(3)

Amount WAY(3)

Amount WAY(3)

$

41,168

(Dollars in Thousands) Amount WAY(3)
Available for Sale
U.S. Government 
Treasury
U.S. Government 
Agency
States and Political 
Subdivisions
Mortgage-Backed 
Securities(1)

48,865

20,261

1.49

1.48

2.67

58

1.12 % $ 194,173

1.38 % $

124,383

2.30

42,292

1.82

545

4.81

Other Securities(2)

-

-

-

-

Total

$ 110,352

1.34 % $ 361,393

1.76 % $

Held to Maturity
U.S. Government 
Treasury
States and Political 
Subdivisions

Mortgage-Backed 
Securities(1)

$

63,115

1.12 % $

35,141

1.47 % $

266

1.92

6,730

1.92

382

1.17

108,670

1.83

2,375

2.48

Total

$

63,763

1.13 % $ 150,541

1.75 % $

2,375

2.48 % $

-

-

-

582

-

582

-

-

- % $

-

-

5.05

-

5.05 % $

- % $

-

-

-

-

-

8,584

8,584

-

-

-

-

- % $ 235,341

1.33 %

-

-

-

5.32

144,644

2.19

91,157

1.64

1,185

8,584

4.82

5.32

5.32 % $ 480,911

1.72 %

- % $

98,256

1.25 %

-

-

6,996

1.92

111,427

1.84

- % $ 216,679

1.57 %

Total Investment 
Securities

$ 174,115

1.26 % $ 511,934

1.75 % $

2,957

2.99 % $

8,584

5.32 % $ 697,590

1.68 %

(1)  Based on weighted-average life.
(2)  Federal Home Loan Bank Stock, Federal Reserve Bank Stock and FNBB, Inc. Stock are included in this category for weighted average yield, but do not
     have stated maturities.
(3)  Weighted average yield calculated based on current amortized cost balances – not presented on a tax equivalent basis.

52

Deposits and Funds Purchased

Average total deposits for 2017 were $2.372 billion, an increase of $89.1 million, or 3.9%, over 2016.  Average deposits increased 
$119.3 million, or 5.5%, from 2015 to 2016.  Both year-over-year increases occurred in all deposit types except certificates of deposit. 
Money market accounts also declined slightly from 2015 to 2016. 

The seasonal inflow of public funds started in the fourth quarter of 2017 and is expected to continue into the first quarter of 2018. 
Deposit levels remain strong as we continue to see growth in our non-maturity deposits. Our mix of deposits continues to improve 
slightly as higher cost certificates of deposit are replaced with lower rate non-maturity deposits and noninterest bearing demand 
accounts.

We continue to closely monitor several metrics such as the sensitivity of our deposit rates, the Bank’s overall liquidity position, and 
competitor rates when pricing deposits. This strategy is consistent with previous rate cycles, and allows us to manage the mix of our 
deposits rather than compete on rate. We believe this enables us to maintain a low cost of funds – 16 basis points for the year 2017 and 
13 basis points for the year 2016.

Table 2 provides an analysis of our average deposits, by category, and average rates paid thereon for each of the last three years. Table 
13 reflects the shift in our deposit mix over the last year and Table 14 provides a maturity distribution of time deposits in 
denominations of $100,000 and over at December 31, 2017.

Average short-term borrowings, which include federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB 
advances (maturing in less than one year), and other borrowings, decreased $26.8 million, or 73.0% in 2017.  The lower balance was 
primarily attributable to decreases in repurchase agreements by one client into a different product type, partially offset by an increase 
in other borrowed funds. See Note 8 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on short-term 
borrowings.

We continue to focus on the value of our deposit franchise, which produces a strong base of core deposits with minimal reliance on 
wholesale funding.

Table 13
SOURCES OF DEPOSIT GROWTH

(Average Balances - Dollars in Thousands)
Noninterest Bearing Deposits
NOW Accounts
Money Market Accounts
Savings
Time Deposits
Total Deposits

2016 to
2017
Change

Percentage
of Total
Change

Components of
Total Deposits
2016

2017

$

$

46,788
26,097
2,039
31,602
(17,440)
89,086

52.5 %
29.3
2.3
35.5
(19.6)
100.0 %

35.1 %
34.0
10.9
13.6
6.4
100.0 %

34.4 %
34.2
11.2
12.8
7.4
100.0 %

2015

33.1 %
34.5
11.9
11.8
8.7
100.0 %

Table 14
MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT $100,000 AND OVER

(Dollars in Thousands)
Three months or less
Over three through six months
Over six through twelve months
Over twelve months
Total

2017

Time Certificates 
of Deposit

Percent

$

$

11,130
9,271
15,187
3,621
39,209

28.4 %
23.7
38.7
9.2
100.0 %

53

Market Risk and Interest Rate Sensitivity

Overview.  Market risk arises from changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, and equity prices.  We have risk 
management policies designed to monitor and limit exposure to market risk and we do not participate in activities that give rise to 
significant market risk involving exchange rates, commodity prices, or equity prices.  In asset and liability management activities, our 
policies are designed to minimize structural interest rate risk.

Interest Rate Risk Management.  Our net income is largely dependent on net interest income.  Net interest income is susceptible to 
interest rate risk to the degree that interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice on a different basis than interest-earning assets.  When 
interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets in a given period, a significant increase in 
market rates of interest could adversely affect net interest income.  Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more 
quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could result in a decrease in net interest income.  Net interest income is 
also affected by changes in the portion of interest-earning assets that are funded by interest-bearing liabilities rather than by other 
sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and shareowners’ equity.

We have established what we believe to be a comprehensive interest rate risk management policy, which is administered by 
management’s Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”).  The policy establishes limits of risk, which are quantitative 
measures of the percentage change in net interest income (a measure of net interest income at risk) and the fair value of equity capital 
(a measure of economic value of equity (“EVE”) at risk) resulting from a hypothetical change in interest rates for maturities from one 
day to 30 years.  We measure the potential adverse impacts that changing interest rates may have on our short-term earnings, long-
term value, and liquidity by employing simulation analysis through the use of computer modeling.  The simulation model captures 
optionality factors such as call features and interest rate caps and floors imbedded in investment and loan portfolio contracts.  As with 
any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent in the interest rate modeling methodology used by 
us.  When interest rates change, actual movements in different categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan 
prepayments, and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may deviate significantly from assumptions used in the model.  Finally, the 
methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan clients’ ability to service their 
debts, or the impact of rate changes on demand for loan and deposit products.

The balance sheet is subject to testing for interest rate shock possibilities to indicate the inherent interest rate risk.  We prepare a 
current base case and several alternative interest rate simulations (-100,+100, +200, +300, and +400 basis points (bp)), at least once 
per quarter, and report the analysis to ALCO, our Market Risk Oversight Committee (“MROC”), our Enterprise Risk Oversight 
Committee (“EROC”) and the Board of Directors.  We augment our interest rate shock analysis with alternative interest rate scenarios 
on a quarterly basis that may include ramps, parallel shifts, and a flattening or steepening of the yield curve (non-parallel shift).  In 
addition, more frequent forecasts may be produced when interest rates are particularly uncertain or when other business conditions so 
dictate.

It is management’s goal to structure the balance sheet so that net interest earnings at risk over 12-month and 24-month periods and the 
economic value of equity at risk do not exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels. Management attempts to 
achieve this goal by balancing, within policy limits, the volume of floating-rate liabilities with a similar volume of floating-rate assets, 
by keeping the average maturity of fixed-rate asset and liability contracts reasonably matched, by managing the mix of our core 
deposits, and by adjusting our rates to market conditions on a continuing basis. During 2017, instantaneous rate shocks of down 100 
bp were outside of desired parameters due to limited repricing of deposits relative to the decline in rates. 

Analysis.  Measures of net interest income at risk produced by simulation analysis are indicators of an institution’s short-term 
performance in alternative rate environments.  These measures are typically based upon a relatively brief period, and do not 
necessarily indicate the long-term prospects or economic value of the institution. 

54

 
ESTIMATED CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME(1)

Percentage Change (12-month shock)
Policy Limit
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016

+400 bp

+300 bp

+200 bp

+100 bp

-100 bp

-15.0 %
13.4 %
10.7 %

-12.5 %
9.9 %
7.5 %

-10.0 %
6.4 %
4.4 %

-7.5 %
3.1 %
2.1 %

-7.5 %
-8.5 %
-9.0 %

Percentage Change (24-month shock)
Policy Limit
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016

+400 bp

+300 bp

+200 bp

+100 bp

-100 bp

-17.5 %
39.9 %
41.3 %

-15.0 %
30.4 %
30.5 %

-12.5 %
20.9 %
19.9 %

-10.0 %
11.8 %
10.5 %

-10.0 %
-12.0 %
-14.3 %

The Net Interest Income (“NII”) at Risk position improved for the period ending December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016 
for the 12-month shock for all rate scenarios. The model indicates that in the short-term, all rising rate environments will positively 
impact the net interest margin of the Company, while a declining rate environment of 100bp will have a negative impact on the net 
interest margin. In addition, this analysis incorporates an instantaneous, parallel shock and assumes we move with market rates and do 
not lag our deposit rates.  

All shock scenarios of net interest income at risk are within our prescribed policy limits with the exception of an instantaneous rate 
shock of -100bp over both a 12-month and 24-month period, which were -8.5% and -12.0% compared to limits of -7.50% and -10.0%, 
respectively. These metrics were out of compliance at year-end due to limited repricing of deposits relative to a decline in market 
rates.  However, as rates have increased the variance by which we are out-of-compliance has narrowed. 

The measures of equity value at risk indicate our ongoing economic value by considering the effects of changes in interest rates on all 
of our cash flows by discounting the cash flows to estimate the present value of assets and liabilities. The difference between these 
discounted values of the assets and liabilities is the economic value of equity, which in theory approximates the fair value of our net 
assets.

ESTIMATED CHANGES IN ECONOMIC VALUE OF EQUITY(1)

Changes in Interest Rates
Policy Limit
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016

+400 bp

+300 bp

+200 bp

+100 bp

-100 bp

-30.0 %
31.1 %
23.5 %

-25.0 %
24.7 %
18.6 %

-20.0 %
17.5 %
13.1 %

-15.0 %
9.7 %
7.3 %

-15.0 %
-21.0 %
-19.7 %

At December 31, 2017, the economic value of equity was more favorable in all rate scenarios except the down 100 bp scenario when 
compared to December 31, 2016. The down 100 bp rate scenario remains out of compliance as exposure to falling rates is more 
extreme due to the low level of current deposit costs and limited capacity to reduce those costs relative to the reduction in discount 
rates used to value them. To bring this metric into compliance with our policy limits in the down 100 bp scenario would require the 
bank to extend its asset duration which we do not believe is prudent given the current historically low interest rate environment.

As the interest rate environment and the dynamics of the economy continue to change, additional simulations will be analyzed to 
address not only the changing rate environment, but also the changing balance sheet mix, measured over multiple years, to help assess 
the risk to the Company.   

(1) Down 200, 300, and 400 bp rate scenarios have been excluded due to the current historically low interest rate environment.

55

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity

In general terms, liquidity is a measurement of our ability to meet our cash needs.  Our objective in managing our liquidity is to 
maintain our ability to fund loan commitments, purchase securities, accommodate deposit withdrawals or repay other liabilities in 
accordance with their terms, without an adverse impact on our current or future earnings.  Our liquidity strategy is guided by policies 
that are formulated and monitored by our ALCO and senior management, and which take into account the marketability of assets, the 
sources and stability of funding and the level of unfunded commitments.  We regularly evaluate all of our various funding sources 
with an emphasis on accessibility, stability, reliability and cost-effectiveness.  For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, our 
principal source of funding has been our clients’ deposits, supplemented by our short-term and long-term borrowings, primarily from 
our trust-preferred securities, securities sold under repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and FHLB borrowings.  We 
believe that the cash generated from operations, our borrowing capacity and our access to capital resources are sufficient to meet our 
future operating capital and funding requirements.

At December 31, 2017, we had the ability to generate approximately $1.286 billion in additional liquidity through all of our available 
resources beyond our overnight funds sold position.  In addition to the primary borrowing outlets mentioned above, we also have the 
ability to generate liquidity by borrowing from the Federal Reserve Discount Window and through brokered deposits.  Management 
recognizes the importance of maintaining liquidity and has developed a Contingent Liquidity Plan, which addresses various liquidity 
stress levels and our response and action based on the level of severity.  We periodically test our credit facilities for access to the 
funds, but also understand that as the severity of the liquidity level increases certain credit facilities may no longer be available.  A 
liquidity stress test is completed quarterly based on events that could potentially occur at the Bank and the results reported to ALCO, 
MROC, EROC and the Board of Directors.  We believe the liquidity available to us is sufficient to meet our ongoing needs.

We view our investment portfolio as a liquidity source and have the option to pledge the portfolio as collateral for borrowings or 
deposits, and/or sell selected securities.  The portfolio consists of debt issued by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. governmental agencies, and 
municipal governments.  The weighted-average life of the portfolio is 1.96 years and at December 31, 2017 had a net unrealized pre-
tax loss of $2.1 million in the available-for sale portfolio.

Our average net overnight funds sold position (defined as funds sold plus interest-bearing deposits with other banks less funds 
purchased) was $190.0 million during 2017 compared to an average net overnight funds sold position of $212.8 million in 2016.  The 
decrease in this position compared to the prior year reflected higher growth in both the investment and loan portfolios, partially offset 
by an increase in average deposits.

Capital expenditures are expected to approximate $7.0 million over the next 12 months, which consist primarily of technology 
purchases for banking offices, business applications, and information technology security needs as well as furniture and fixtures and 
banking office remodels.  Management believes that these capital expenditures will be funded with existing resources without 
impairing our ability to meet our ongoing obligations.

Borrowings

At December 31, 2017, total advances from the FHLB consisted of $11.5 million in outstanding debt consisting of 13 notes.  In 2017, 
the Bank made FHLB advance payments totaling $6.7 million, which included seven advances that matured or were paid off. No new 
FHLB advances were obtained in 2017.  The FHLB notes are collateralized by a blanket floating lien on all of our 1-4 family 
residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate mortgage loans, and home equity mortgage loans. 

We have issued two junior subordinated deferrable interest notes to wholly owned Delaware statutory trusts.  The first note for $30.9 
million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust I in November 2004.  The second note for $32.0 million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust 
II in May 2005.  See Note 8 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these borrowings.  The 
interest payment for the CCBG Capital Trust I borrowing is due quarterly and adjusts quarterly to a variable rate of three-month 
LIBOR plus a margin of 1.90%.  This note matures on December 31, 2034.  The interest payment for the CCBG Capital Trust II 
borrowing is due quarterly and will adjust annually to a variable rate of three-month LIBOR plus a margin of 1.80%.  This note 
matures on June 15, 2035.  The proceeds from these borrowings were used to partially fund acquisitions.  

On April 12, 2016, we retired $10 million in face value of trust preferred securities that were auctioned as part of a liquidation of a 
pooled collateralized debt obligation fund.  The trust preferred securities were originally issued through CCBG Capital Trust I.  Our 
winning bid equated to approximately 75% of the $10 million par value, with the 25% discount resulting in a pre-tax gain of 
approximately $2.5 million.  We utilized internal resources and a $3.75 million draw on a short-term borrowing facility to fund the 
repurchase.

56

  
Table 15
CONTRACTUAL CASH OBLIGATIONS

Table 15 sets forth certain information about contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2017.

(Dollars in Thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
Note Payable
Subordinated Notes Payable
Operating Lease Obligations
Time Deposit Maturities
Total Contractual Cash Obligations

Capital

Payments Due By Period

< 1 Yr

> 1 – 3 Yrs

$

$

1,557
296
-
478
121,821
124,152

$

$

5,838
592
-
843
17,165
24,438

> 3 – 5 Yrs
3,509
592
-
801
4,135
9,037

$

$

$

$

> 5 Yrs

Total

572
1,219
52,887
1,580
1
56,259

$

$

11,476
2,669
52,887
3,702
143,122
213,886

Shareowners’ equity was $284.2 million at December 31, 2017, compared to $275.2 million at December 31, 2016.  During 2017, 
shareowners’ equity was positively impacted by net income of $10.9 million, stock compensation accretion of $1.5 million, net 
adjustments totaling $1.0 million related to transactions under our stock compensation plans, and $0.7 million decrease in the 
accumulated other comprehensive loss for our pension plan.  Shareowners’ equity was reduced by common stock dividends of $4.1 
million ($0.24 per share) and a net increase of $1.0 million in the unrealized loss on investment securities.  Per ASU 2018-02, $5.6 
million was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings to correct certain tax effects stranded in 
accumulated other comprehensive income due to tax reform enacted in December, 2017.  

Shareowners' equity as of December 31, for each of the last three years is presented below:

(Dollars in Thousands)
Common Stock
Additional Paid-in Capital
Retained Earnings
Subtotal
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax
Total Shareowners’ Equity

2017

2016

2015

$

$

170
36,674
279,410
316,254
(32,044)
284,210

$

$

168
34,188
267,037
301,393
(26,225)
275,168

$

$

172
38,256
258,181
296,609
(22,257)
274,352

We continue to maintain a strong capital position.  The ratio of shareowners' equity to total assets at December 31, 2017 was 9.80%, 
9.67%, and 9.81%, in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.  Management believes our strong capital base offers protection during an 
economic downturn and provides sufficient capacity to meet our strategic objectives.  

We are subject to risk-based capital guidelines that measure capital relative to risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet financial 
instruments.  Capital guidelines issued by the Federal Reserve require bank holding companies to have a minimum total risk-based 
capital ratio of 8.00% and Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.00%.  At December 31, 2017, we exceeded these capital guidelines with a total risk-
based capital ratio of 17.10% and a Tier 1 capital ratio of 16.33%, compared to 16.28% and 15.51%, respectively, at December 31, 
2016.  As allowed by Federal Reserve capital guidelines, the trust preferred securities issued by CCBG Capital Trust I and CCBG 
Capital Trust II are included as Tier 1 Capital in our capital calculations previously noted.  See Note 9 in the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements for additional information on our two trust preferred security offerings.  See Note 14 in the Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information as to our capital adequacy. 

The federal banking regulators issued new capital rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking 
organizations which became effective January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period) (the “Basel III Capital Rules”).  Refer to the 
Regulatory Considerations – Capital Regulations section on page 14 for a detailed discussion of the new Basel III Capital Rules.  The 
reduction in our regulatory capital ratios in 2015 reflected the implementation of the Basel III Capital Rules and the repurchase of our 
common stock.  In 2016, the repurchase of our common stock and the partial redemption of TRUPs reduced our regulatory capital 
ratios by approximately 38 basis points and 50 basis points, respectively.  The common equity Tier 1 ratio is a required ratio that was 
created in 2015 as a result of the Basel III Capital Rules.  The ratio measures core equity components relative to risk-weighted assets.  
Capital guidelines require a minimum common equity tier 1 ratio of 4.5% plus a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% that will be 
phased in between 2016 and 2019 (0.625% in 2016, 1.25% in 2017, 1.875% in 2018, 2.5% in 2019).  At December 31, 2017, our 
common equity tier 1 ratio was 13.42%.

57

A leverage ratio is also used in connection with the risk-based capital standards and is defined as Tier 1 Capital divided by average 
assets.  The minimum leverage ratio under this standard is 4% for the highest-rated bank holding companies which are not undertaking 
significant expansion programs.  A higher standard may be required for other companies, depending upon their regulatory ratings and 
expansion plans.  At December 31, 2017, we had a leverage ratio of 10.47% compared to 10.23% at December 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2017, our common stock had a book value of $16.65 per diluted share compared to $16.23 at December 31, 2016.  
Book value is impacted by the net unrealized gains and losses on investment securities.  At December 31, 2017, the net unrealized loss 
was $1.7 million compared to a $0.6 million net unrealized loss at December 31, 2016.  Approximately $0.3 million of this amount 
was a reclassification of deferred taxes attributable to issuance of ASU 2018-02.  Further, the aforementioned net unrealized loss of 
$1.7 million reflected a $1.5 million net loss on available for sale securities and $0.2 million in unamortized loss related to the transfer 
of securities to held-to-maturity in 2013.  Book value is also impacted by the recording of our unfunded pension liability through other 
comprehensive income in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715.  At December 31, 2017, the net pension 
liability reflected in other comprehensive loss was $30.3 million compared to $25.6 million at December 31, 2016.   Approximately 
$5.5 million of this amount was a reclassification of deferred taxes attributable to issuance of ASU 2018-02.      

In February 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,500,000 shares of our outstanding common stock over a 
five-year period.  Repurchases may be made in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions; however, we are not obligated 
to repurchase any specified number of shares.  A total of 860,289 shares of our outstanding common stock have been repurchased at 
an average price of $14.59 under the plan.  No shares were repurchased in 2017.  During 2016, we repurchased 435,461 shares at an 
average price $14.49 per share and during 2015 we repurchased 405,228 shares at an average price of $14.73 per share.    

We offer an Associate Incentive Plan (“AIP”) under which certain associates are eligible to earn equity-based awards based upon 
achieving established performance goals.  In 2017, 37,133 shares were earned under this plan of which 8,190 shares were issued in 
2017 and 28,943 were issued in January 2018.  In 2016, 71,153 shares were earned under this plan of which 9,680 shares were issued 
in 2016 and 61,473 shares were issued in January 2017.  Under the AIP, we also maintain long-term incentive plans (‘LTIPs”) for the 
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and the President of the Bank 
that are both tied to earnings progression goals over a three year period.  Under these LTIPs, 12,216 shares were earned in 2017 and 
issued in January 2018.

We also offer stock purchase plans, which permit our associates and directors to purchase shares at a 10% discount.  In 2017, 39,214 
shares, valued at approximately $0.8 million (before 10% discount), were issued under these plans.  In 2016, 60,312 shares, valued at 
approximately $0.8 million (before 10% discount), were issued under these plans.

Dividends

Adequate capital and financial strength is paramount to our stability and the stability of our subsidiary bank.  Cash dividends declared 
and paid should not place unnecessary strain on our capital levels.  When determining the level of dividends the following factors are 
considered:

Compliance with state and federal laws and regulations;


 Our capital position and our ability to meet our financial obligations;



Projected earnings and asset levels; and
The ability of the Bank and us to fund dividends.

Inflation

The impact of inflation on the banking industry differs significantly from that of other industries in which a large portion of total 
resources are invested in fixed assets such as property, plant and equipment.

Assets and liabilities of financial institutions are virtually all monetary in nature, and therefore are primarily impacted by interest rates 
rather than changing prices.  While the general level of inflation underlies most interest rates, interest rates react more to changes in 
the expected rate of inflation and to changes in monetary and fiscal policy.  Net interest income and the interest rate spread are good 
measures of our ability to react to changing interest rates and are discussed in further detail in the section entitled “Results of 
Operations.”

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We do not currently engage in the use of derivative instruments to hedge interest rate risks.  However, we are a party to financial 
instruments with off-balance sheet risks in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our clients. 

58

 
At December 31, 2017, we had $445.1 million in commitments to extend credit and $4.7 million in standby letters of credit.  
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a client so long as there is no violation of any condition established in the 
contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since 
many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future 
cash requirements.  Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a client to a 
third party.  We use the same credit policies in establishing commitments and issuing letters of credit as we do for on-balance sheet 
instruments.

If commitments arising from these financial instruments continue to require funding at historical levels, management does not 
anticipate that such funding will adversely impact our ability to meet on-going obligations.  In the event these commitments require 
funding in excess of historical levels, management believes current liquidity, investment security maturities, available advances from 
the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank provide a sufficient source of funds to meet these commitments.

FOURTH QUARTER, 2017 FINANCIAL RESULTS

Results of Operations

We realized net income of $3,000, or $0.00 per diluted share for the fourth quarter of 2017 which included a $4.1 million, or $0.24 per 
diluted share, one-time income tax expense related to the Tax Act enacted on December 22, 2017, compared to net income of $4.6 
million, or $0.27 per diluted share for the third quarter of 2017.  The decrease in net income reflected unfavorable variances in income 
tax expense of $4.2 million, loan loss provision of $0.3 million, noninterest expense of $0.2 million, and noninterest income of $0.1 
million that were partially offset by higher net interest income of $0.2 million.

Tax equivalent net interest income for the fourth quarter of 2017 was $21.8 million compared to $21.6 million for the third quarter of 
2017.  During the fourth quarter of 2017, overnight funds increased as a result of the growth in noninterest bearing deposits, and to a 
lesser degree, seasonal growth in our public funds deposits.  A portion of these overnight funds were used to fund growth in the loan 
and investment portfolios.  The net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2017 was 3.45% (annualized), a decrease of three basis 
points compared to the third quarter of 2017 due to seasonal growth in our overnight funds, resulting in a slightly less favorable asset 
mix.  

The provision for loan losses for the fourth quarter of 2017 was $0.8 million compared to $0.5 million for the third quarter of 2017 
and reflected higher impaired reserves for two problem loans.  Net loan charge-offs for the fourth quarter of 2017 totaled $0.9 million 
compared to net loan charge-offs of $0.4 million for the third quarter of 2017.  

Noninterest income for the fourth quarter of 2017 totaled $12.9 million, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 0.8%, from the third quarter of 
2017 and reflected lower deposit fees of $0.1 million and other income of $0.2 million (primarily data processing fees) that was 
partially offset by higher bank card fees of $0.1 million.  The reduction in data processing fees reflected the discontinuance of this line 
of business early in the fourth quarter of 2017.       

Noninterest expense for the fourth quarter of 2017 totaled $26.9 million, an increase of $0.2 million, or 0.7%, over the third quarter of 
2017 and reflected higher OREO expense of $0.5 million and other expense of $0.4 million, partially offset by lower compensation 
expense of $0.6 million and occupancy expense of $0.1 million.  The increase in OREO expense was attributable to a higher level of 
gains from the sale of properties during the third quarter of 2017.  Other expense increased due to higher advertising expense and 
professional fees.  The reduction in compensation expense reflected the adjustment to performance based incentive expense during the 
fourth quarter of 2017 as well as lower commission expense which spiked during the third quarter of 2017 due to payment of a 
commission on a large new wealth management account.   

We realized income tax expense of $6.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2017 which included a $4.1 million discrete tax expense 
related to the Tax Act.  Excluding the discrete tax expense, income tax totaled $2.7 million (39% effective rate) compared to $2.5 
million (35% effective rate) for the third quarter of 2017.  Income tax expense for the fourth quarter included a $0.3 million write-off 
of a deferred tax asset related to a cancelled stock award.  

59

Discussion of Financial Condition

Average earning assets were $2.512 billion for the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $45.7 million, or 1.9%, over the third quarter 
of 2017 and reflected a higher level of total deposits primarily attributable to the seasonal inflow of public fund balances.  Average 
loans increased $2.2 million, or 0.1%, over the third quarter of 2017 primarily attributable to growth in real estate construction and 
indirect consumer loans.  Period end loan balances increased $20.2 million, or 1.23%, over the third quarter of 2017 with growth 
realized in all but the residential and direct consumer loan categories which declined slightly.      

Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and OREO) totaled $11.1 million at December 31, 2017, a decrease of $1.4 million, or 12%, 
from September 30, 2017.  Nonaccrual loans totaled $7.2 million at December 31, 2017, a $0.6 million increase over September 30, 
2017.  Nonaccrual loan additions totaled $5.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2017 compared to $2.4 million for the third quarter of 
2017.  The balance of OREO totaled $3.9 million at December 31, 2017, a decrease of $2.0 million from September 30, 2017.  For the 
fourth quarter of 2017, we added properties totaling $0.4 million, sold properties totaling $2.2 million, and recorded valuation 
adjustments totaling $0.2 million.  Nonperforming assets represented 0.38% of total assets at December 31, 2017 compared to 0.45% 
at September 30, 2017.

Average total deposits were $2.378 billion for the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $49.2 million, or 2.1%, over the third quarter 
of 2017 and reflected growth in all deposit products except money market accounts and certificates of deposit.  The seasonal inflow of 
public fund balances began late in the fourth quarter of 2017, and is expected to peak during the first quarter of 2018 for this cycle.  
Average borrowings decreased $2.5 million compared to the third quarter of 2017 due to payoffs of FHLB advances. 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Critical Accounting Policies

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require us to make various estimates and assumptions 
(see Note 1 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).  We believe that, of our significant accounting policies, the following 
may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Allowance for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to 
expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing portfolio of loans.  The allowance is the 
amount considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio based on management’s evaluation of credit risk as of the 
balance sheet date.

The allowance for loan losses includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  The level of the allowance 
reflects management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loss experience, loan portfolio quality, economic conditions and 
unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio, as well as trends in the foregoing.  This evaluation is inherently subjective, as 
it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as information becomes available.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of two components: (i) specific reserves established for probable losses on impaired 
loans; and (ii) general reserves for non-homogenous loans not deemed impaired and homogenous loan pools based on, but not limited 
to, historical loan loss experience, current economic and market conditions, levels of past due loans, and levels of problem loans.

Our financial results are affected by the changes in and the absolute level of the allowance for loan losses.  This estimation process is 
judgmental and requires an estimate of the loss severity rates that we apply to our unimpaired loan portfolio.  

Goodwill.   Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the fair market value of their identifiable net 
assets.  We perform an impairment review on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying value may not be recoverable.  Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations, or other factors 
could result in a decline in the estimated implied fair value of goodwill.  If the estimated implied fair value of goodwill is less than the 
carrying amount, a loss would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount to the estimated implied fair value.

We evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and in 2017 adopted ASU 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 
350): Simplifying Accounting for Goodwill Impairment in 2017 which requires a qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment 
indicators.  If the assessment indicates that impairment has more than likely occurred, the Company must compare the estimated fair 
value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an 
impairment charge is recorded equal to the excess.

60

During the fourth quarter, we performed our annual impairment testing.  We proceeded with qualitative assessment by evaluating 
impairment indicators and concluded that a below peer return on average assets warranted movement to a fair value assessment.  We 
estimated the fair value of the reporting unit utilizing a market approach that was supplemented with a reconciliation of the resulting 
equity value of the Company with our market capitalization.  The market approach utilized the guideline company valuation (“GLC”) 
method to determine the overall equity valuation.  A book and tangible book multiple was developed to determine a market value of 
equity on a controlling basis.  The multiples that resulted from the GLC method were validated by comparing to peer companies.  A 
control premium was then applied to the minority value to calculate a fair value indication for the Company.  The control premium 
selected was validated by reviewing recent bank merger and acquisition transactions.  Based on the outcome of the fair value 
assessment, the estimated fair value of our reporting unit exceeded the carrying value of goodwill and therefore, no impairment 
existed at December 31, 2017.  For the fair value assessment, both economic conditions and observable bank purchase transactions 
can impact the outcome of the market valuation approach. 

Pension Assumptions.  We have a defined benefit pension plan for the benefit of substantially all of our associates.  Our funding policy 
with respect to the pension plan is to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set by 
law.  Pension expense, which is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in noninterest expense as “Compensation,” is 
determined by an external actuarial valuation based on assumptions that are evaluated annually as of December 31, the measurement 
date for the pension obligation.  The Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition reflect an accrued pension benefit cost due to 
funding levels and unrecognized actuarial amounts.  The most significant assumptions used in calculating the pension obligation are 
the weighted-average discount rate used to determine the present value of the pension obligation, the weighted-average expected long-
term rate of return on plan assets, and the assumed rate of annual compensation increases.  These assumptions are re-evaluated 
annually with the external actuaries, taking into consideration both current market conditions and anticipated long-term market 
conditions.

The weighted-average discount rate is determined by matching the anticipated defined pension plan cash flows to a long-term 
corporate Aa-rated bond index and solving for the underlying rate of return, which investing in such securities would generate.  This 
methodology is applied consistently from year-to-year.  The discount rate utilized in 2017 was 4.10%.  The estimated impact to 2017 
pension expense of a 25 basis point increase or decrease in the discount rate would have been a decrease and increase of 
approximately $744,000 and $784,000, respectively.  We anticipate using a 3.71% discount rate in 2018.  

The weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined based on the current and anticipated future mix 
of assets in the plan.  The assets currently consist of equity securities, U.S. Government and Government agency debt securities, and 
other securities (typically temporary liquid funds awaiting investment).  The weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on 
plan assets utilized for 2017 was 7.25%.  The estimated impact to 2017 pension expense of a 25 basis point increase or decrease in the 
rate of return would have been an approximate $275,000 increase or decrease, respectively.  We anticipate using a rate of return on 
plan assets for 2018 of 7.25%.

The assumed rate of annual compensation increases of 3.25% in 2017 reflected expected trends in salaries and the employee base.  We 
anticipate using a compensation increase of 3.25% for 2018 reflecting current market trends.

Effective December 31, 2015, we changed the method used to estimate the service and interest components of net periodic benefit cost 
for the defined benefit plan.  Detailed information on the pension plan, the actuarially determined disclosures, and the assumptions 
used are provided in Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Income Taxes.  Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets 
and liabilities.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying 
amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates.  A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred 
tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.   

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax 
examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur.  The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is 
greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination.  For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit 
is recorded.   

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in other expenses.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and other regulatory bodies have enacted new accounting pronouncements and 
standards that either have impacted our results in prior years presented, or will likely impact our results in 2018.  Please refer to Note 
1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

61

  
  
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

See “Financial Condition - Market Risk and Interest Rate Sensitivity” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations, above, which is incorporated herein by reference.

62

Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Table 16
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Thousands, Except 
Per Share Data)

Summary of Operations:

Interest Income
Interest Expense
Net Interest Income
Provision for Loan Losses

Net Interest Income After 
  Provision for Loan Losses
Noninterest Income(1)
Noninterest Expense
Income Before Income Taxes
Income Tax Expense(2)
Net Income
Net Interest Income (FTE)

Per Common Share:
Basic Net Income
Diluted Net Income
Cash Dividends Declared
Diluted Book Value
Market Price:
High
Low
Close

Selected Average Balances:

Loans, Net
Earning Assets
Total Assets
Deposits
Shareowners’ Equity
Common Equivalent Average Shares:

Basic
Diluted

Performance Ratios:

Return on Average Assets
Return on Average Equity
Net Interest Margin (FTE)
Noninterest Income as % of Operating Revenue
Efficiency Ratio

Asset Quality:

Allowance for Loan Losses
Allowance for Loan Losses  to Loans
Nonperforming Assets ("NPA's")
NPA’s to Total Assets
NPA’s to Loans plus ORE
Allowance to Non-Performing Loans
Net Charge-Offs to Average  Loans

Capital Ratios:
Tier 1 Capital
Total Capital
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
Leverage
Tangible Common Equity(3)

2017

2016

Fourth

Third

Second

First

Fourth

Third

Second

First

$

$

$

$

22,627
1,138
21,489
826

20,663
12,897
26,897
6,663
6,660
3
21,808

0.00
0.00
0.07
16.65

26.01
22.21
22.94

1,640,738
2,511,985
2,822,451
2,378,411
288,044

16,967
17,050

$

$

$

$

22,341
1,080
21,261
490

20,771
12,996
26,707
7,060
2,505
4,555
21,595

0.27
0.27
0.07
16.73

24.58
19.60
24.01

1,638,578
2,466,287
2,779,960
2,329,162
285,296

16,965
17,044

$

$

$

$

21,422
926
20,496
589

19,907
13,135
27,921
5,121
1,560
3,561
20,799

0.21
0.21
0.05
16.54

22.39
17.68
20.42

1,608,629
2,502,030
2,817,479
2,373,423
281,661

16,955
17,016

$

$

$

$

20,540
804
19,736
310

19,426
12,718
27,922
4,222
1,478
2,744
20,006

0.16
0.16
0.05
16.38

21.79
19.22
21.39

1,585,561
2,529,207
2,845,140
2,407,278
278,489

16,919
16,944

$

$

$

$

20,832
773
20,059
464

19,595
12,778
27,560
4,813
1,517
3,296
20,335

0.20
0.20
0.05
16.23

23.15
14.29
20.48

1,573,264
2,423,388
2,743,463
2,306,917
278,943

16,809
16,913

$

$

$

$

20,104
784
19,320
-

19,320
13,011
28,022
4,309
1,436
2,873
19,603

0.18
0.17
0.04
16.39

15.35
13.32
14.77

1,555,889
2,417,943
2,734,465
2,288,741
277,407

16,804
16,871

$

$

$

$

20,174
798
19,376
(97)

19,473
15,215
28,702
5,986
2,056
3,930
19,617

0.22
0.22
0.04
16.31

15.96
13.16
13.92

1,531,777
2,447,777
2,767,854
2,276,553
279,532

17,144
17,196

$

$

$

$

20,044
834
19,210
452

18,758
12,677
28,930
2,505
858
1,647
19,421

0.10
0.10
0.04
16.04

15.88
12.83
14.59

1,507,508
2,440,718
2,763,746
2,258,600
277,464

17,202
17,235

0.00 %
0.00
3.45

37.51
77.50

0.65 %
6.33
3.48

37.94
77.21

0.51 %
5.07
3.33

39.05
82.28

0.39 %
4.00
3.21

39.19
85.33

0.48 %
4.70
3.34

38.91
83.23

0.42 %
4.12
3.23

40.24
85.92

0.57 %
5.65
3.22

43.99
82.40

0.24 %
2.39
3.20

39.76
90.13

$

13,307

$

13,339

$

13,242

$

13,335

$

13,431

$

13,744

$

13,677

$

13,613

0.80 %

0.82 %

0.81 %

0.84 %

0.86 %

0.88 %

0.89 %

0.90 %

11,100
0.38
0.67

185.87
0.21

16.33 %
17.10
13.42
10.47
7.09

12,545
0.45
0.76

203.39
0.10

16.19 %
16.96
13.26
10.48
7.41

15,934
0.57
0.97

166.23
0.17

15.58 %
16.32
12.72
10.20
7.21

17,799
0.61
1.11

160.70
0.10

15.68 %
16.44
12.77
9.95
6.88

19,171
0.67
1.21

157.40
0.20

15.51 %
16.28
12.61
10.23
6.90

21,352
0.78
1.35

159.56
(0.02)

15.48 %
16.28
12.55
10.12
7.19

22,836
0.83
1.48

166.50
(0.04)

26,499
0.95
1.73

150.44
0.21

15.63 %
16.44
12.65
9.98
7.08

16.39 %
17.20
12.82
10.34
7.09

(1)  Includes $2.5 million gain on partial retirement of trust preferred securities in the second quarter, 2016.
(2)  For fourth quarter 2017, includes $4.1 million, or $0.24 per diluted share, income tax expense adjustment related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.
(3)  Tangible common equity ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. For additional information, including a reconciliation to GAAP, refer to page 31.

63

  
  
  
  
  
CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PAGE

65

66

67

68

70

71

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ernst & Young LLP
One Tampa City Center
Suite 2400
201 North Franklin Street
Tampa, Florida 33602

Tel: +1 813 225 4800
Fax: +1 813 225 4711
ey.com

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareowners and Board of Directors of
Capital City Bank Group, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (the Company) as 
of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareowners’ 
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred 
to  as  the  “financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  consolidated 
financial position of the Company at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) 
and our report dated March 5, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an opinion  on  the 
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to 
be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. 
Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to 
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007.
Tampa, Florida
March 5, 2018

65

 
CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(Dollars in Thousands)
ASSETS
Cash and Due From Banks
Federal Funds Sold and Interest Bearing Deposits

Total Cash and Cash Equivalents

Investment Securities, Available for Sale, at fair value
Investment Securities, Held to Maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $215,007 and $176,746)

Total Investment Securities

Loans Held For Sale

Loans, Net of Unearned Income
Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans, Net

Premises and Equipment, Net
Goodwill
Other Real Estate Owned
Other Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES
Deposits:

Noninterest Bearing Deposits
Interest Bearing Deposits

Total Deposits

Short-Term Borrowings
Subordinated Notes Payable
Other Long-Term Borrowings
Other Liabilities

Total Liabilities

SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding
Common Stock, $.01 par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 16,988,951 and 16,844,698 
  shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively
Additional Paid-In Capital
Retained Earnings
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax
Total Shareowners’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity

As of December 31,
2016
2017

$

58,419
227,023
285,442

480,911
216,679
697,590

48,268
247,779
296,047

522,734
177,365
700,099

4,817

10,886

1,653,492
(13,307)
1,640,185

91,698
84,811
3,941
90,310
2,898,794

874,583
1,595,294
2,469,877

7,480
52,887
13,967
70,373
2,614,584

$

$

1,561,289
(13,431)
1,547,858

95,476
84,811
10,638
99,382
2,845,197

791,182
1,621,104
2,412,286

12,749
52,887
14,881
77,226
2,570,029

-

-

170
36,674
279,410
(32,044)
284,210
2,898,794

$

168
34,188
267,037
(26,225)
275,168
2,845,197

$

$

$

$

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

66

CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
INTEREST INCOME
Loans, including Fees
Investment Securities:

Taxable
Tax Exempt

Funds Sold
Total Interest Income

INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits
Short-Term Borrowings
Subordinated Notes Payable
Other Long-Term Borrowings
Total Interest Expense

NET INTEREST INCOME
Provision for Loan Losses
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses

NONINTEREST INCOME
Deposit Fees
Bank Card Fees
Wealth Management Fees
Mortgage Banking Fees
Other
Total Noninterest Income

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Compensation
Occupancy, Net
Other Real Estate Owned, Net
Other
Total Noninterest Expense

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
Income Tax Expense 

NET INCOME

BASIC NET INCOME PER SHARE

DILUTED NET INCOME PER SHARE

Average Basic Common Shares Outstanding

Average Diluted Common Shares Outstanding

For the Years Ended December 31,
2016

2017

2015

$

75,717

$

72,867

$

73,169

8,095
1,052
2,066
86,930

1,789
82
1,634
443
3,948

82,982
2,215
80,767

20,335
11,191
8,284
5,754
6,182
51,746

64,877
17,837
1,135
25,598
109,447

23,066
12,203

10,863

0.64

0.64

16,952

17,013

$

$

$

6,317
866
1,104
81,154

879
148
1,434
728
3,189

77,965
819
77,146

21,332
11,221
7,029
5,192
8,907
53,681

64,984
18,296
3,649
26,285
113,214

17,613
5,867

11,746

0.69

0.69

16,989

17,061

$

$

$

5,224
633
632
79,658

944
59
1,368
936
3,307

76,351
1,594
74,757

22,608
11,278
7,533
4,539
8,133
54,091

65,414
17,738
4,971
27,150
115,273

13,575
4,459

9,116

0.53

0.53

17,273

17,318

$

$

$

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

67

CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in Thousands)
NET INCOME

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:
Investment Securities:

Change in net unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale
Amortization of unrealized losses on securities transferred from
   available for sale to held to maturity

Total Investment Securities

Benefit Plans:

Reclassification adjustment for amortization of prior service cost
Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net loss
Current year actuarial loss
Total Benefit Plans

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:
Deferred tax (expense) benefit related to other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

$

10,863

$

11,746

$

9,116

(1,459)

73
(1,386)

223
4,409
(3,470)
1,162
(224)
(14)
(238)
10,625

$

(828)

82
(746)

278
3,960
(9,958)
(5,720)
(6,466)
2,498
(3,968)
7,778

$

(373)

76
(297)

316
3,743
(4,975)
(916)
(1,213)
465
(748)
8,368

$

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 

68

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY

CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.

(Dollars in Thousands, Except
Per Share Data)
Balance, January 1, 2015
Net Income
Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax
Cash Dividends ($0.13 per share)
Stock Compensation Expense
Impact of Transactions Under 
Compensation Plans, net 
Repurchase of Common Stock
Balance, December 31, 2015
Net Income
Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax
Cash Dividends ($0.17 per share)
Stock Compensation Expense
Impact of Transactions Under 
Compensation Plans, net 
Repurchase of Common Stock
Balance, December 31, 2016
Net Income
Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax
Cash Dividends ($0.24 per share)
Stock Compensation Expense
Impact of Transactions Under 
Compensation Plans, net 
Reclassification per Adoption of ASU 
No. 2018-02
Balance, December 31, 2017

Shares 
Outstanding
17,447,223

$

114,924
(405,228)
17,156,919
-
-
-
-

123,240

(435,461)
16,844,698
-
-
-
-

144,253

-

Common 
Stock

174
-
-
-
-

2
(4)
172
-
-
-
-

-

(4)
168
-
-
-
-

2

-

$

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital
42,569
-
-
-
1,109

$

$

Retained 
Earnings
251,306
9,116
-
(2,241)
-

555
(5,977)
38,256
-
-
-
1,260

980

(6,308)
34,188
-
-
-
1,502

984

-
-
258,181
11,746
-
(2,890)
-

-

-
267,037
10,863
-
(4,071)
-

-

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss, 
Net of Taxes

Total
(21,509) $ 272,540
9,116
(748)
(2,241)
1,109

-
(748)
-
-

-
-
(22,257)
-
(3,968)
-
-

557
(5,981)
274,352
11,746
(3,968)
(2,890)
1,260

-

980

-
(26,225)
-
(238)
-
-

-

(6,312)
275,168
10,863
(238)
(4,071)
1,502

986

-

16,988,951

$

170

$

36,674

$

279,410

$

(32,044) $ 284,210

-

5,581

(5,581)

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these 
statements.

69

CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in Thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income 
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Cash Provided by Operating Activities:
      Provision for Loan Losses
      Depreciation
      Amortization of Premiums, Discounts, and Fees, net
      Impairment Loss on Security
      Gain on Retirement of Trust Preferred Securities
      Net Increase (Decrease) in Loans Held-for-Sale
      Stock Compensation
      Net Tax Benefit from Stock Compensation
      Deferred Income Taxes
      Net Loss on Sales and Write-Downs of Other Real Estate Owned
      Loss on Disposal of Premises and Equipment
      Net Decrease (Increase) in Other Assets
      Net (Decrease) Increase in Other Liabilities
 Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Securities Held to Maturity:
      Purchases
      Payments, Maturities, and Calls
Securities Available for Sale:
      Purchases
      Payments, Maturities, and Calls
Purchase of Loans Held for Investment
Net Increase in Loans
Proceeds From Sales of Other Real Estate Owned
Purchases of Premises and Equipment, net
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net Increase in Deposits
Net (Decrease) Increase in Short-Term Borrowings
Redemption of Subordinated Notes
Repayment of Other Long-Term Borrowings
Dividends Paid
Payments to Repurchase Common Stock
Issuance of Common Stock Under Compensation Plans
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities

For the Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

10,863

$

11,746

$

9,116

2,215
6,558
6,626
-
-
6,069
1,502
(223)
7,576
783
276
2,063
(5,531)
38,777

(98,861)
58,449

(163,469)
198,027
(44,083)
(51,625)
8,031
(3,997)
(97,528)

57,591
(2,489)
-
(3,694)
(4,071)
-
809
48,146

819
6,975
6,219
-
(2,487)
746
1,260
-
3,457
3,225
131
(18,374)
8,904
22,621

(50,001)
59,460

(192,005)
114,189
-
(73,997)
9,443
(4,450)
(137,361)

109,437
(52,666)
(7,500)
(9,027)
(2,890)
(6,312)
840
31,882

1,594
6,586
5,182
90
-
(944)
1,109
-
3,847
2,943
44
684
3,510
33,761

(66,021)
40,482

(190,756)
76,452
-
(71,432)
18,925
(4,703)
(197,053)

156,055
11,536
-
(2,735)
(2,241)
(5,981)
507
157,141

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

(10,605)

(82,858)

(6,151)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures:
   Interest Paid
   Income Taxes Paid (Refunded)

Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:
   Loans Transferred to Other Real Estate Owned

296,047
285,442

3,952
6,514

2,384

$

$
$

$

378,905
296,047

3,195
(330)

4,016

$

$
$

$

385,056
378,905

3,314
1,442

5,752

$

$
$

$

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

70

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (“CCBG” or the “Company”) provides a full range of banking and banking-related services to 
individual and corporate clients through its subsidiary, Capital City Bank, with banking offices located in Florida, Georgia, and 
Alabama.  The Company is subject to competition from other financial institutions, is subject to regulation by certain government 
agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (“CCBG”), and its wholly owned 
subsidiary, Capital City Bank (“CCB” or the “Bank” and together with CCBG, the “Company”).  All material inter-company 
transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company, which operates a single reportable business segment that is comprised of commercial banking within the states of 
Florida, Georgia, and Alabama, follows accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and reporting 
practices applicable to the banking industry.  The principles which materially affect the financial position, results of operations and 
cash flows are summarized below.

The Company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting 
interest entity or a variable interest entity under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Voting 
interest entities are entities in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance itself independently 
and provide the equity holders with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to make decisions 
about the entity’s activities.  The Company consolidates voting interest entities in which it has all, or at least a majority of, the voting 
interest.  As defined in applicable accounting standards, variable interest entities (“VIE’s”) are entities that lack one or more of the 
characteristics of a voting interest entity.  A controlling financial interest in an entity is present when an enterprise has a variable 
interest, or a combination of variable interests, that will absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the 
entity’s expected residual returns, or both. The enterprise with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, 
consolidates the VIE.  CCBG's wholly owned subsidiaries, CCBG Capital Trust I (established November 1, 2004) and CCBG Capital 
Trust II (established May 24, 2005) are VIEs for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary.  Accordingly, the accounts of 
these entities are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.  The Company has evaluated 
subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure through the date the consolidated financial statements included in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K were filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.  

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America 
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period.  Actual results could vary from these estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant 
changes in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, pension expense, income taxes, loss 
contingencies, valuation of other real estate owned, and valuation of goodwill and their respective analysis of impairment.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and federal funds 
sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods and all other cash equivalents have a maturity of 90 days or 
less.  The Company is required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank based upon a percentage of 
deposits.  The average amounts of these required reserve balances for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $18.8 
million and $15.3 million, respectively.

71

Investment Securities

Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold 
them until maturity.  Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading securities are classified as available for sale and carried at 
fair value, with the unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax.  The 
Company determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase.  Securities with limited marketability, such as 
stock in the Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank, are carried at cost.  Securities transferred from available for sale 
to held to maturity are recorded at fair value at the time of transfer.  The respective gain or loss is reclassified as a separate component 
of other comprehensive income and amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the remaining life of the security.

Interest income includes amortization of purchase premiums and discounts.  Realized gains and losses are derived from the amortized 
cost of the security sold.  Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are 
deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.  In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, 
the Company considers, (i) whether it has decided to sell the security, (ii) whether it is more likely than not that the Company will 
have to sell the security before its market value recovers, and (iii) whether the present value of expected cash flows is sufficient to 
recover the entire amortized cost basis.  When assessing the security’s expected cash flows, the Company considers, among other 
things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost and (ii) the financial condition and near-term 
prospects of the issuer.  

Loans Held For Sale

Certain residential mortgage loans are originated for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market.  Additionally, certain other loans are 
periodically identified to be sold.  The Company has the ability and intent to sell these loans and they are classified as loans held for 
sale and carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value.  Fair value is determined on the basis of rates quoted in the respective 
secondary market for the type of loan held for sale.  Loans are generally sold with servicing released at a premium or discount from 
the carrying amount of the loans. Such premium or discount is recognized as mortgage banking revenue at the date of sale.  Fixed 
commitments are generally used at the time loans are originated or identified for sale to mitigate interest rate risk.  The fair value of 
fixed commitments to originate and sell loans held for sale is not material.

Loans

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Interest income is accrued on the effective yield method 
based on outstanding balances, and includes loan late fees.  Fees charged to originate loans and direct loan origination costs are 
deferred and amortized over the life of the loan as a yield adjustment.

The Company defines loans as past due when one full payment is past due or a contractual maturity is over 30 days late.  The accrual 
of interest is generally suspended on loans more than 90 days past due with respect to principal or interest.  When a loan is placed on 
nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income.  Interest income on nonaccrual 
loans is recognized when the ultimate collectability is no longer considered doubtful.  Loans are returned to accrual status when the 
principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current or when future payments are reasonably assured.  

Loan charge-offs on commercial and investor real estate loans are recorded when the facts and circumstances of the individual loan 
confirm the loan is not fully collectible and the loss is reasonably quantifiable.  Factors considered in making these determinations are 
the borrower’s and any guarantor’s ability and willingness to pay, the status of the account in bankruptcy court (if applicable), and 
collateral value.  Charge-off decisions for consumer loans are dictated by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s 
(FFIEC) Uniform Retail Credit Classification and Account Management Policy which establishes standards for the classification and 
treatment of consumer loans, which generally require charge-off after 120 days of delinquency.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents 
management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing portfolio of loans.  The allowance is that amount considered 
adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio based on management’s evaluation of credit risk as of the balance sheet date.

The allowance for loan losses includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310 – Receivables and 
ASC Topic 450 - Contingencies.  The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loan 
loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan 
portfolio, as well as trends in the foregoing.  This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to 
significant revision as more information becomes available.

72

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of two components: (i) specific reserves established for probable losses on impaired 
loans; and (ii) general reserve for non-homogenous loans not deemed impaired and homogenous loan pools based on, but not limited 
to, historical loan loss experience, current economic conditions, levels of past due loans, and levels of problem loans.

Loans are deemed to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will not be able to 
collect all amounts due (principal and interest payments), according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Loans to 
borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulties and whose loans were modified with concessions are classified as troubled debt 
restructurings and measured for impairment.  Loans to borrowers that have filed Chapter 7 bankruptcy, but continue to perform as 
agreed are classified as troubled debt restructurings and measured for impairment.

Long-Lived Assets

Premises and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, computed on the straight-line method over the estimated 
useful lives for each type of asset with premises being depreciated over a range of 10 to 40 years, and equipment being depreciated 
over a range of 3 to 10 years.  Additions, renovations and leasehold improvements to premises are capitalized and depreciated over the 
lesser of the useful life or the remaining lease term.  Repairs and maintenance are charged to noninterest expense as incurred.

Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment if circumstances suggest that their carrying value may not be recoverable, by 
comparing the carrying value to estimated undiscounted cash flows.  If the asset is deemed impaired, an impairment charge is recorded 
equal to the carrying value less the fair value.

Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI)

The Company, through its subsidiary bank, has purchased life insurance policies on certain key officers.  Bank owned life insurance is 
recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value 
adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of businesses acquired over the fair value of the net assets acquired.  In accordance with 
FASB ASC Topic 350, the Company determined it has one goodwill reporting unit.  Goodwill is tested for impairment annually 
during the fourth quarter or on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the 
fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value.  See Note 5 – Goodwill for additional information.  

Other Real Estate Owned

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less 
estimated selling costs, establishing a new cost basis.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by 
management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.  The valuation of foreclosed 
assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of changes in economic conditions.  Revenue and expenses 
from operations and changes in value are included in noninterest expense.  

Loss Contingencies

Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business are recorded as liabilities when the 
likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue as it is earned based on contractual terms, as transactions occur, or as services are provided and 
collectability is reasonably assured.  Certain specific policies include the following:

Deposit Fees.  Deposit fees are primarily overdraft and insufficient fund fees and monthly transaction-based fees.  These fees are 
recognized as earned or as transactions occur and services are provided.

Bank Card Fees.  Bank card fees primarily include interchange income from client use of consumer and business debit cards.  
Interchange income is a fee paid by a merchant bank to the card-issuing bank through the interchange network.  Interchange fees are 
set by the credit card associations and are based on cardholder purchase volumes.  The Company records interchange income as 
transactions occur.

73

 
Income Taxes

Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities 
(excluding deferred tax assets and liabilities related to business combinations or components of other comprehensive income).  
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax 
bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates.  A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the 
expected amount most likely to be realized.  Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of a sufficient level of 
future taxable income and recoverable taxes paid in prior years.  The income tax effects related to settlements of share-based payment 
awards are reported in earnings as an increase or decrease in income tax expense.  Prior to 2017, income tax benefits at settlement of 
an award were reported as an increase or decrease to additional paid-in capital to the extent that those benefits were greater than (or 
less than) the income tax benefits recognized in earnings during the award’s vesting period.

On December 22, 2017, H.R.1, commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), was signed into law.  Among other 
things, the Tax Act reduced the Company's corporate federal tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018.  As a result, the 
Company was required to re-measure, through income tax expense, its deferred tax assets and liabilities using the enacted rate at 
which they are expected to be recovered or settled.  Further discussion is provided in Note 10 – Income Taxes.  

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return and each subsidiary files a separate state income tax return.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share is based on net income divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding 
during the period excluding non-vested stock.  Diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of stock options and 
non-vested stock awards granted using the treasury stock method.  A reconciliation of the weighted-average shares used in calculating 
basic earnings per common share and the weighted average common shares used in calculating diluted earnings per common share for 
the reported periods is provided in Note 13 — Earnings Per Share.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in shareowners’ equity during a period, except those resulting from transactions with 
shareowners.  Besides net income, other components of the Company’s comprehensive income include the after tax effect of changes 
in the net unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale and changes in the funded status of defined benefit and supplemental 
executive retirement plans.  Comprehensive income is reported in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive 
Income and Changes in Shareowners’ Equity. 

The Company elected to early adopt FASB ASU 2018-02, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): 
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and reclassify to retained earnings the 
stranded effects in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the Tax Act.  Further discussion is provided in Note 15 – Other 
Comprehensive Income (Loss).  

Stock Based Compensation

Compensation cost is recognized for share-based awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of 
grant.  Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period, generally defined as the vesting period.  The market price of 
the Company’s common stock at the date of the grant is used for restricted stock awards.  For stock purchase plan awards, a Black-
Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of the award.  The impact of forfeitures of share-based awards on compensation 
expense is recognized as forfeitures occur.  

74

NEW AUTHORITATIVE ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE 

ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” ASU 2014-09 implements a common revenue standard that 
clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to 
depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects 
to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: 
(i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction 
price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the 
entity satisfies a performance obligation.  A significant portion of the Company’s revenue is comprised of net interest income on 
financial instruments, which is explicitly excluded from the scope of ASU 2014-09.  In addition to interest income, the Company has 
various noninterest income revenue streams that required assessment.  The Company formed a revenue recognition working group that 
has completed its scoping and walk-through of noninterest income revenue streams.  Amongst non-interest income revenue streams, 
mortgage banking fees are not in the scope of the standard.  Management has also completed its detailed contract review for the 
remaining revenue streams.  Management has determined that ASU 2014-09 will not have a significant impact on its financial 
statements.  ASU 2014-09 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2018 and must be retrospectively applied.  

ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial 
Liabilities”. ASU 2016-1, among other things, (i) requires equity investments, with certain exceptions, to be measured at fair value 
with changes in fair value recognized in net income, (ii) simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily 
determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment, (iii) eliminates the requirement for public 
business entities to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for 
financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet, (iv) requires public business entities to use the exit price notion 
when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, (v) requires an entity to present separately in other 
comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific 
credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial 
instruments, (vi) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of 
financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements and (viii) clarifies that an entity should 
evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale.  ASU 2016-1 will be effective for the 
Company on January 1, 2018 and is not expected to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).”  ASU 2016-02 requires the lease rights and obligations arising from lease contracts, including 
existing and new arrangements, to be recognized as assets and liabilities on the balance sheet.  ASU 2016-02 is effective for the 
Company on January 1, 2019 and is not expected to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Statements.” 
ASU 2016-13 requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical 
experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts and requires enhanced disclosures related to the significant 
estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization’s 
portfolio. In addition, ASU 2016-13 amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased 
financial assets with credit deterioration.  ASU 2016-13 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2020.  The Company is 
currently evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2016-13 on its financial statements and related disclosures.  As part of its 
implementation efforts to date, management has formed a cross-functional implementation team, developed a project plan, and 
selected a vendor to provide a solution to assist in model development.  The Company expects the new guidance will result in an 
increase in the allowance for credit losses given the change from accounting for losses inherent in the loan portfolio to accounting for 
losses over the remaining expected life of the portfolio.  However, since the magnitude of the anticipated increase in the allowance for 
credit losses will be impacted by economic conditions and trends in the Company’s portfolio at the time of adoption, the quantitative 
impact cannot yet be reasonably estimated.

ASU 2017-05, “Other Income-Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets (Subtopic 610-20) - Clarifying the 
Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Asset.”  ASU 2017-05 clarifies the scope of 
Subtopic 610-20 and adds guidance for partial sales of nonfinancial assets, including partial sales of real estate.  Historically, 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) contained several different accounting models to evaluate 
whether the transfer of certain assets qualified for sale treatment. ASU 2017-05 reduces the number of potential accounting models 
that might apply and clarifies which model does apply in various circumstances. ASU 2017-05 is effective for the Company on 
January 1, 2018 and is not expected to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

75

ASU 2017-07, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits (Topic 715).” ASU 2017-07 requires that an employer report the service cost 
component in the same line item or items as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees 
during the period. The other components of net benefit cost as defined in paragraphs 715-30-35-4 and 715-60-35-9 are required to be 
presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations, if one 
is presented. If a separate line item or items are used to present the other components of net benefit cost, that line item or items must 
be appropriately described. If a separate line item or items are not used, the line item or items used in the income statement to present 
the other components of net benefit cost must be disclosed.  ASU 2017-07 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2018 and is not 
expected to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

ASU 2017-09, “Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718).” ASU 2017-09 clarifies when to account for a change to the terms 
or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification.  Modification accounting is required only if the fair value, or 
calculated intrinsic value if it is used to measure the award, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award as equity or 
liability changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions.  ASU 2017-09 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2018 and is 
not expected to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

 ASU 2017-11, “Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 
815).” ASU 2017-11 has two parts (i) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features and (ii) Replacement 
of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily 
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception.  Part (i) changes the classification analysis of certain equity-linked 
financial instruments with down round features.  When determining whether certain financial instruments should be classified as 
liabilities or equity instruments, a down round feature no longer precludes equity classification when assessing whether the instrument 
is indexed to an entity’s own stock. The amendments also clarify existing disclosure requirements for equity-classified instruments.  
Part (ii) re-characterizes the indefinite deferral of certain provisions of Topic 480 that are now presented as pending continent in the 
Codification, to a scope exception.  Those amendments do not have an accounting effect.  ASU 2017-11 is effective for the Company 
on January 1, 2019 and is not expected to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

ASU 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815).”   ASU 2017-12 amends the hedge accounting recognition and presentation 
requirements in ASC 815. The amendments objectives are to (1) improve the transparency and understandability of information 
conveyed to financial statement users about an entity’s risk management activities by better aligning the entity’s financial reporting for 
hedging relationships with those risk management activities and (2) reduce the complexity of and to simplify the application of hedge 
accounting by preparers.  ASU 2017-12 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2019 and is not expected to have a significant 
impact on its financial statements.

ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.”   ASU 2018-02 allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income 
to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.  The amendments will improve the usefulness 
of information reported to the users of the financial statements.  The underlying guidance that requires that the effect of a change in 
tax laws or rates be included in income from continuing operations is not affected.  The amendments in this update are effective for all 
organizations for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is 
permitted.  ASU 2018-02 was early adopted by the Company and is included in its financial statements as of December 31, 2017.  The 
adoption of this standard resulted in the reclassification of $5.6 million from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained 
earnings.

76

 
Note 2
INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Investment Portfolio Composition. The amortized cost and related market value of investment securities available-for-sale and 
held-to-maturity were as follows:

2017

2016

Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market
Value

Losses

Losses

Gains

Value

Gain

Cost

Cost

(Dollars in Thousands)
Available for Sale
U.S. Government Treasury
U.S. Government Agency
States and Political Subdivisions
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Equity Securities(1)
Total 

$ 237,505 $
144,324
91,533
1,102
8,584

$ 483,048 $

Held to Maturity
U.S. Government Treasury
States and Political Subdivisions
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Total 

$

98,256 $
6,996
111,427
$ 216,679 $

- $

727
2
83
-
812 $

- $
-
22
22 $

2,164 $ 235,341 $ 286,867 $

407
378
-
-

144,644
91,157
1,185
8,584

131,489
95,197
1,312
8,547

2,949 $ 480,911 $ 523,412 $

441 $
41
1,212
1,694 $ 215,007 $ 177,365 $

97,815 $ 119,131 $
6,955
110,237

8,175
50,059

262 $
495
23
118
-
898 $

107 $
1
29
137 $

851 $ 286,278
131,640
344
94,839
381
1,430
-
8,547
-
1,576 $ 522,734

81 $ 119,157
38
8,138
49,451
637
756 $ 176,746

Total Investment Securities

$ 699,727 $

834 $

4,643 $ 695,918 $ 700,777 $

1,035 $

2,332 $ 699,480

(1) 

Includes Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Reserve Bank and FNBB Inc. stock recorded at cost of $3.1 million, $4.8 million, 
and $0.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Reserve Bank and FNBB, Inc. stock 
at $3.3 million, $4.8 million and $0.5 million , respectively, at December 31, 2016.

Securities with an amortized cost of $328.1 million and $332.7 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, 
were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes.

The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”), is required to own capital stock in the FHLB based 
generally upon the balances of residential and commercial real estate loans, and FHLB advances.  FHLB stock which is included in 
other securities is pledged to secure FHLB advances.  No ready market exists for this stock, and it has no quoted market value; 
however, redemption of this stock has historically been at par value.

As a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, the Bank is required to maintain stock in the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta 
based on a specified ratio relative to the Bank’s capital.  Federal Reserve Bank stock is carried at cost and may be sold back to the 
Federal Reserve Bank at its carrying value.

Investment Sales. There were no sales of investment securities for each of the last three years.

Maturity Distribution.  At December 31, 2017, the Company's investment securities had the following maturity distribution based on 
contractual maturity.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or 
prepay obligations.  Mortgage-backed securities and certain amortizing U.S. government agency securities are shown separately since 
they are not due at a certain maturity date.

(Dollars in Thousands)
Due in one year or less
Due after one through five years
Mortgage-Backed Securities
U.S. Government Agency
Equity Securities
Total 

Available for Sale

Held to Maturity

Amortized
Cost

Market 
Value

Amortized
Cost

Market
Value

$

$

107,977    $
258,193   
1,102
107,192   
8,584   
483,048    $

77

107,740    $
255,593   
1,185
107,809   
8,584   
480,911    $

63,381    $
41,871   
111,427

-   
-   

216,679    $

63,271
41,499
110,237
-
-
215,007

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Unrealized Losses. The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, aggregated by 
major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

(Dollars in Thousands)
December 31, 2017
Available for Sale
U.S. Government Treasury
U.S. Government Agency
States and Political Subdivisions
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Total 

Held to Maturity
U.S. Government Treasury
States and Political Subdivisions
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Total 

December 31, 2016
Available for Sale 
U.S. Government Treasury
U.S. Government Agency
States and Political Subdivisions
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Total 

Held to Maturity
U.S. Government Treasury
States and Political Subdivisions
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Total 

Less Than 12 Months
Market
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Greater Than 12 Months
Unrealized
Market
Losses
Value

Total

Market
Value

Unrealized
Losses

$ 155,443    $
45,737
82,999   
2   
284,181   

963    $
150
320   
-   
1,433   

79,900    $
25,757
5,549   
-   
111,206   

1,201    $ 235,343    $

257
58   
-   
1,516   

71,494
88,548   
2   
395,387   

77,861   
6,955
56,030   
$ 140,846    $

298   
41
469   
808    $

14,939   

-

30,216   
45,155    $

143   
-
743   
886    $ 186,001    $

92,800   
6,955
86,246   

$ 116,704    $
48,520
81,521   

3

246,748   

851    $
310
380   
-
1,541   

-    $

-    $ 116,704    $

6,699

294   
-
6,993   

34
1   
-
35   

55,219
81,815   

3

253,741   

35,210   
7,491
36,710
79,411    $

$

81   
38
599
718    $

-   
-
4,010
4,010    $

-   
-
38
38    $

35,210   
7,491
40,720
83,421    $

2,164
407
378
-
2,949

441
41
1,212
1,694

851
344
381
-
1,576

81
38
637
756

Management evaluates securities for other than temporary impairment at least quarterly, and more frequently when economic or 
market concerns warrant such evaluation.  Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their 
cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.  In estimating other-than-temporary 
impairment losses, the Company considers, (i) whether it has decided to sell the security, (ii) whether it is more likely than not that the 
Company will have to sell the security before its market value recovers, and (iii) whether the present value of expected cash flows is 
sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis.  When assessing a security’s expected cash flows, the Company considers, among 
other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost and (ii) the financial condition and 
near-term prospects of the issuer.  In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued 
by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by rating agencies have occurred, regulatory issues, and analysts’ 
reports.  

At December 31, 2017, there were 532 positions (combined AFS and HTM) with unrealized losses totaling $4.6 million.  67 of these 
positions were U.S. government treasury securities guaranteed by the U.S. government. 159 of these positions were U.S. government 
agency and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government sponsored entities.  The remaining 306 securities are direct 
obligations of the US Government (23) and municipal bonds (283). Municipal bonds are  relatively short-term in nature (less than 5 
years), and hold a minimum rating of A+, with over 70% of the municipal bond portfolio pre-refunded with US Treasury securities. 
Because the declines in the market value of these securities are attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality and 
because the Company has the present ability and intent to hold these investments until there is a recovery in fair value, which may be 
at maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2017.  

78

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
Note 3
LOANS, NET

Loan Portfolio Composition.  The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31 was as follows:

(Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential(1) 
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer(2) 

Loans, Net of Unearned Income

2017

2016

$

$

218,166
77,966
535,707
311,906
229,513
280,234
1,653,492

   $

   $

216,404
58,443
503,978
281,509
236,512
264,443
1,561,289

(1)  Includes loans in process with outstanding balances of $9.1 million and $9.6 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(2)  Includes overdraft balances of $1.6 million and $1.7 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Net deferred costs included in loans were $1.5 million at December 31, 2017 and $0.5 million at December 31, 2016.

The Company has pledged a blanket floating lien on all 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate mortgage loans, 
and home equity loans to support available borrowing capacity at the FHLB of Atlanta and has pledged a blanket floating lien on all 
consumer loans, commercial loans, and construction loans to support available borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank of 
Atlanta. 

Nonaccrual Loans.  Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status if principal or interest payments become 90 days past due and/or 
management deems the collectability of the principal and/or interest to be doubtful.  Loans are returned to accrual status when the 
principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current or when future payments are reasonably assured. 

The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans and loans past due over 90 days and still on accrual by class 
of loans at December 31:

(Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total Nonaccrual Loans

2017

2016

Nonaccrual

90 + Days

Nonaccrual

90 + Days

$

$

629
297
2,370
1,938
1,748
177
7,159

$

$

-
-
-
-
-
36
36

$

$

468
311
3,410
2,330
1,774
240
8,533

$

$

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

Loan Portfolio Aging.  A loan is defined as a past due loan when one full payment is past due or a contractual maturity is over 30 days 
past due (“DPD”).

79

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class of loans at December 31,

(Dollars in Thousands)
2017
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total Past Due Loans

2016
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total Past Due Loans

30-59 
DPD

60-89 
DPD

90 + 
DPD

Total
Past Due

Total
Current

Total
Loans

$

87
811
437
701
80
   1,316
3,432
$

$

209
949
835
   1,199
577
   1,516
5,285
$

$

$

$

$

55
-
195
446
2
413
1,111

48
282
1
490
51
281
1,153

$

$

$

$

-
-
-
-
-
36
36

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

$

$

$

$

142
811
632
1,147
82
1,765
4,579

257
1,231
836
1,689
628
1,797
6,438

$

217,395
76,858
532,705
308,821
227,683
278,292
$ 1,641,754

$

215,679
56,901
499,732
277,490
234,110
262,406
$ 1,546,318

$

218,166
77,966
535,707
311,906
229,513
280,234
$ 1,653,492

$

216,404
58,443
503,978
281,509
236,512
264,443
$ 1,561,289

Allowance for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to 
expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing portfolio of loans.  Loans are charged-off 
to the allowance when losses are deemed to be probable and reasonably quantifiable.  

The following table details the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio class for the years ended December 31.  Allocation 
of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories.

(Dollars in Thousands)
2017
Beginning Balance

Provision for Loan Losses
Charge-Offs
Recoveries 
Net Charge-Offs

Ending Balance

2016
Beginning Balance

Provision for Loan Losses
Charge-Offs
Recoveries
Net Charge-Offs

Ending Balance

2015
Beginning Balance

Provision for Loan Losses
Charge-Offs
Recoveries
Net Charge-Offs

Ending Balance

Commercial,
Financial, 

Real Estate
Real Estate Commercial  Real Estate

Agricultural Construction Mortgage

Real Estate
Residential Home Equity Consumer

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,198
1,037
(1,357)
313
(1,044)
1,191

905
817
(861)
337
(524)
1,198

784
911
(1,029)
239
(790)
905

$

$

$

$

$

$

168
(96)
-
50
50
122

101
67
-
-
-
168

843
(742)
-
-
-
101

$

$

$

$

$

$

4,315
542
(685)
174
(511)
4,346

4,498
(242)
(349)
408
59
4,315

5,287
278
(1,250)
183
(1,067)
4,498

$

$

$

$

$

$

80

3,445
(444)
(411)
616
205
3,206

4,409
(1,296)
(899)
1,231
332
3,445

6,520
(964)
(1,852)
705
(1,147)
4,409

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,297
180
(190)
219
29
2,506

2,473
(135)
(450)
409
(41)
2,297

2,882
858
(1,403)
136
(1,267)
2,473

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,008
996
(2,193)
1,125
(1,068)
1,936

$ 13,431
2,215
(4,836)
2,497
(2,339)
$ 13,307

1,567
1,608
(2,127)
960
(1,167)
2,008

$ 13,953
819
(4,686)
3,345
(1,341)
$ 13,431

1,223
1,253
(1,901)
992
(909)
1,567

$ 17,539
1,594
(7,435)
2,255
(5,180)
$ 13,953

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following table details the amount of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio class at December 31, disaggregated on the basis 
of the Company’s impairment methodology:

(Dollars in Thousands)
2017
Period-end amount
Allocated to:

Loans Individually
Evaluated for Impairment
Loans Collectively
Evaluated for Impairment

Ending Balance

2016
Period-end amount
Allocated to:

Loans Individually
Evaluated for Impairment
Loans Collectively
Evaluated for Impairment

Ending Balance

2015
Period-end amount
Allocated to:

Loans Individually
Evaluated for Impairment
Loans Collectively
Evaluated for Impairment

Ending Balance

Commercial,
Financial, 

Real Estate
Real Estate Commercial  Real Estate

Agricultural Construction Mortgage

Real Estate
Residential Home Equity Consumer

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

215

$

1

$

2,165

$

1,220

$

515

$

1

$

4,117

976
1,191

$

121
122

$

2,181
4,346

$

1,986
3,206

$

1,991
2,506

1,935
1,936

9,190
$ 13,307

$

80

$

-

$

2,038

$

1,561

$

335

$

6

$

4,020

1,118
1,198

$

168
168

$

2,277
4,315

$

1,884
3,445

$

1,962
2,297

2,002
2,008

9,411
$ 13,431

$

77

$

-

$

2,049

$

2,118

$

384

$

18

$

4,646

828
905

$

101
101

$

2,449
4,498

$

2,291
4,409

$

2,089
2,473

1,549
1,567

9,307
$ 13,953

$

81

The Company’s recorded investment in loans as of December 31 related to each balance in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio 
class and disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology was as follows:

(Dollars in Thousands)
2017
Individually Evaluated for
Impairment
Collectively Evaluated for 
Impairment
Total

2016
Individually Evaluated for
Impairment
Collectively Evaluated for 
Impairment
Total

2015
Individually Evaluated for
Impairment
Collectively Evaluated for 
Impairment
Total

Commercial
,

Real Estate
Financial,  Real Estate Commercial  Real Estate Real Estate

Agricultural Construction Mortgage

Residential Home Equity Consumer

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,378

$

361

$

19,280

$

12,871

$

3,332

$

113

$

37,335

216,788
218,166

$

77,605
77,966

$

516,427
535,707

$

299,035
311,906

$

226,181
229,513

$

280,121
280,234

1,616,157
$ 1,653,492

1,042

$

247

$

23,855

$

15,596

$

3,375

$

174

$

44,289

215,362
216,404

$

58,196
58,443

$

480,123
503,978

$

265,913
281,509

$

233,137
236,512

$

264,269
264,443

1,517,000
$ 1,561,289

834

$

97

$

20,847

$

18,569

$

3,144

$

261

$

43,752

178,982
179,816

$

46,387
46,484

$

478,966
499,813

$

272,016
290,585

$

230,757
233,901

$

241,415
241,676

1,448,523
$ 1,492,275

Impaired Loans.  Loans are deemed to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company 
will not be able to collect all amounts due (principal and interest payments), according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  
Loans, for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered 
troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired.  

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans at December 31:

(Dollars in Thousands)
2017
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total

2016
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total

$

$

$

$

Unpaid
Principal 
Balance

Recorded 
Investment 

Recorded 
Investment 

With No Allowance With Allowance

Related 
Allowance

118
297
1,763
1,516
1,157
45
4,896

565
-
8,954
2,509
1,871
65
13,964

$

$

$

$

1,260
64
17,517
11,355
2,175
68
32,439

477
247
14,901
13,087
1,504
109
30,325

$

$

$

$

215
1
2,165
1,220
515
1
4,117

80
-
2,038
1,561
335
6
4,020

$

$

$

$

1,378
361
19,280
12,871
3,332
113
37,335

1,042
247
23,855
15,596
3,375
174
44,289

82

Nonaccrual loans include both smaller balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually 
classified impaired loans.  Therefore, the sum of nonaccrual loans and accruing troubled debt restructurings will differ from the total 
impaired amount. 

The following table summarizes the average recorded investment and interest income recognized for each of the last three years by 
class of impaired loans:

2017

2016

2015

 (Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural $
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total

$

Average
Recorded 
Investment
1,117
339
21,682
14,261
3,290
141
40,830

Total
Interest
  Income

$

$

48
4
911
683
108
8
1,762

Average
Recorded
 Investment
886
$
69
21,376
17,314
3,076
207
42,928

$

$

$

Total
Interest
Income

Average
Recorded
 Investment
1,002
335
27,644
19,105
3,001
201
51,288

49    $
1   

920
786   
115   
9   
1,880    $

Total
Interest
Income

46
-
1,093
842
86
7
2,074

$

$

Credit Risk Management.  The Company has adopted comprehensive lending policies, underwriting standards and loan review 
procedures designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk.  Management and the Board of Directors review and 
approve these policies and procedures on a regular basis (at least annually).      

Reporting systems have been implemented to monitor loan originations, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and 
nonperforming loans and potential problem loans.  Management and the Credit Risk Oversight Committee periodically review our 
lines of business to monitor asset quality trends and the appropriateness of credit policies.  In addition, total borrower exposure limits 
are established and concentration risk is monitored.  As part of this process, the overall composition of the portfolio is reviewed to 
gauge diversification of risk, client concentrations, industry group, loan type, geographic area, or other relevant classifications of 
loans.  Specific segments of the loan portfolio are monitored and reported to the Board on a quarterly basis and have strategic plans in 
place to supplement Board approved credit policies governing exposure limits and underwriting standards.  Detailed below are the 
types of loans within the Company’s loan portfolio and risk characteristics unique to each.       

Commercial, Financial, and Agricultural – Loans in this category are primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower 
with consideration given to underlying collateral and personal or other guarantees.  Lending policy establishes debt service coverage 
ratio limits that require a borrower’s cash flow to be sufficient to cover principal and interest payments on all new and existing debt.  
The majority of these loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, or 
equipment.  Collateral values are determined based upon third party appraisals and evaluations.  Loan to value ratios at origination are 
governed by established policy guidelines.  

Real Estate Construction – Loans in this category consist of short-term construction loans, revolving and non-revolving credit lines 
and construction/permanent loans made to individuals and investors to finance the acquisition, development, construction or 
rehabilitation of real property.  These loans are primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower or project and generally 
secured by the property being financed, including 1-4 family residential properties and commercial properties that are either owner-
occupied or investment in nature.  These properties may include either vacant or improved property.  Construction loans are generally 
based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the completed project.  Collateral values are determined based upon third 
party appraisals and evaluations.  Loan to value ratios at origination are governed by established policy guidelines.  The disbursement 
of funds for construction loans is made in relation to the progress of the project and as such these loans are closely monitored by on-
site inspections.        

Real Estate Commercial Mortgage – Loans in this category consists of commercial mortgage loans secured by property that is either 
owner-occupied or investment in nature.  These loans are primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower or project 
with consideration given to underlying real estate collateral and personal guarantees.  Lending policy establishes debt service 
coverage ratios and loan to value ratios specific to the property type.  Collateral values are determined based upon third party 
appraisals and evaluations.   

Real Estate Residential – Residential mortgage loans held in the Company’s loan portfolio are made to borrowers that demonstrate the 
ability to make scheduled payments with full consideration to underwriting factors such as current income, employment status, current 
assets, and other financial resources, credit history, and the value of the collateral.  Collateral consists of mortgage liens on 1-4 family 
residential properties.  Collateral values are determined based upon third party appraisals and evaluations.  The Company does not 
originate sub-prime loans.  

83

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Real Estate Home Equity – Home equity loans and lines are made to qualified individuals for legitimate purposes generally secured 
by senior or junior mortgage liens on owner-occupied 1-4 family homes or vacation homes.  Borrower qualifications include 
favorable credit history combined with supportive income and debt ratio requirements and combined loan to value ratios within 
established policy guidelines.  Collateral values are determined based upon third party appraisals and evaluations.   

Consumer Loans – This loan portfolio includes personal installment loans, direct and indirect automobile financing, and overdraft 
lines of credit.  The majority of the consumer loan portfolio consists of indirect and direct automobile loans.  Lending policy 
establishes maximum debt to income ratios, minimum credit scores, and includes guidelines for verification of applicants’ income and 
receipt of credit reports.

Credit Quality Indicators.  As part of the ongoing monitoring of the Company’s loan portfolio quality, management categorizes loans 
into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial 
information, historical payment performance, credit documentation, and current economic/market trends, among other factors.  Risk 
ratings are assigned to each loan and revised as needed through established monitoring procedures for individual loan relationships 
over a predetermined amount and review of smaller balance homogenous loan pools.  The Company uses the definitions noted below 
for categorizing and managing its criticized loans.  Loans categorized as “Pass” do not meet the criteria set forth for the Special 
Mention, Substandard, or Doubtful categories and are not considered criticized.

Special Mention – Loans in this category are presently protected from loss, but weaknesses are apparent which, if not corrected, could 
cause future problems.  Loans in this category may not meet required underwriting criteria and have no mitigating factors.  More than 
the ordinary amount of attention is warranted for these loans.

Substandard – Loans in this category exhibit well-defined weaknesses that would typically bring normal repayment into jeopardy. 
These loans are no longer adequately protected due to well-defined weaknesses that affect the repayment capacity of the 
borrower.  The possibility of loss is much more evident and above average supervision is required for these loans.

Doubtful – Loans in this category have all the weaknesses inherent in a loan categorized as Substandard, with the characteristic that 
the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly 
questionable and improbable.

The following table presents the risk category of loans by segment at December 31:

(Dollars in Thousands)
2017
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total Criticized Loans

2016
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total Criticized Loans

Commercial,
Financial,
Agriculture

Real Estate

Consumer

Total
Criticized
Loans

$

$

$

$

7,879
1,057
-
8,936

3,300
1,158
-
4,458

$

$

$

$

13,324
29,291
-
42,615

23,183
39,800
-
62,983

$

$

$

$

65
654
-
719

216
549
-
765

$

$

$

$

21,268
31,002
-
52,270

26,699
41,507
-
68,206

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”).  TDRs are loans in which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the Company 
has granted an economic concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider.  In these instances, as part of a work-out 
alternative, the Company will make concessions including the extension of the loan term, a principal moratorium, a reduction in the 
interest rate, or a combination thereof.  The impact of the TDR modifications and defaults are factored into the allowance for loan 
losses on a loan-by-loan basis as all TDRs are, by definition, impaired loans.  Thus, specific reserves are established based upon the 
results of either a discounted cash flow analysis or the underlying collateral value, if the loan is deemed to be collateral dependent.  A 
TDR classification can be removed if the borrower’s financial condition improves such that the borrower is no longer in financial 
difficulty, the loan has not had any forgiveness of principal or interest, and the loan is subsequently refinanced or restructured at 
market terms and qualifies as a new loan.    

84

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following table presents loans classified as TDRs at December 31:

(Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total TDRs

2017

2016

Accruing 

Nonaccruing

Accruing

   Nonaccruing

$

$

822
64
17,058
11,666
2,441
113
32,164

$

$

-
-
1,636
503
186
-
2,325

$

$ 

772
-
20,673
13,969
2,647
172
38,233

$

$

40
-
1,259
444
-
-
1,743

Loans classified as TDRs during 2017, 2016, and 2015 are presented in the table below.  The modifications made during the reporting 
period involved either an extension of the loan term, a principal moratorium, a reduction in the interest rate, or a combination thereof.  
The financial impact of these modifications was not material.

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural
Real Estate – Construction
Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage
Real Estate – Residential
Real Estate – Home Equity
Consumer
Total TDRs

Number
of
Contracts
1
1
1
2
4
-
9

Recorded

Number
of

Recorded

Number
of

Investment(1) Contracts
-
$
-
3
6
5
-
14

22
65
70
283
203
-
643

$

Investment(1) Contracts
-
$
-
5,012
590
206
-
5,808

1    $
-   
4   
14   
21   
3   
43    $

$

Recorded
Investment(1)
40
-
631
1,531
1,005
110
3,317

(1)  Recorded investment reflects charge-offs and additional funds advanced at time of restructure, if applicable.

The following table provides information on how TDRs were modified during the periods included.

(Dollars in Thousands)
Extended amortization
Interest rate adjustment
Extended amortization and
 interest rate adjustment

Other
Total TDRs

2017

2016

2015

Number
of
Contracts
1
3

4
1
9

Post-Modified Number

Recorded
Investment

$

$

70
302

249
22
643

of
Contracts
3
-

11
-
14

Post-Modified
Recorded
Investment

Number
of
Contracts

Post-Modified
Recorded
Investment

$

$

4,703   
-

1,105   
-
5,808   

$

16  
5  

22  
-  
43  

$

973
284

2,060
-
3,317

For the years 2017, 2016, 2015, there were no TDRs for which there was a payment default and the loans were modified within the 
twelve months prior to default.

85

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
Note 4
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

The composition of the Company's premises and equipment at December 31 was as follows:

(Dollars in Thousands)
Land
Buildings
Fixtures and Equipment
Total
Accumulated Depreciation
Premises and Equipment, Net

Note 5
GOODWILL

2017

2016

24,061
111,716
45,012
180,789
(89,091)
91,698

$

$

24,376
112,417
45,863
182,656
(87,180)
95,476

$

$

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company had goodwill of $84.8 million.  Goodwill is tested for impairment on an 
annual basis, or more often if impairment indicators exist.  The Company adopted ASU 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other 
(Topic 350): Simplifying Accounting for Goodwill Impairment in 2017 which requires a qualitative assessment of goodwill 
impairment indicators.  If the assessment indicates that impairment has more than likely occurred, the Company must compare the 
estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair 
value, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the excess.

During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing and determined that no goodwill 
impairment existed at December 31, 2017.  The Company will continue to evaluate goodwill for impairment as defined by ASC Topic 
350.

Note 6
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

The following table presents other real estate owned activity as of December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in Thousands)
Beginning Balance
Additions
Valuation Write-Downs
Sales
Other
Ending Balance

Net expenses applicable to other real estate owned as of December 31, was as follows:

(Dollars in Thousands)
Gains from the Sale of Properties
Losses from the Sale of Properties
Rental Income from Properties
Property Carrying Costs
Valuation Adjustments
Total

2017

(1,054)
518
(76)
429
1,318
1,135

$

$

$

$

10,638
2,384
(1,318)
(7,496)
(267)
3,941

$

$

$

$

19,290
4,016
(2,363)
(10,305)
-
10,638

2016

(410)
1,272
(88)
511
2,364
3,649

$

$

$

$

35,680
5,752
(1,713)
(20,155)
(274)
19,290

2015

(938)
2,169
(250)
2,277
1,713
4,971

At December 31, 2017, the Company had $0.9 million of loans secured by residential real estate in the process of foreclosure.

86

Note 7
DEPOSITS

The composition of the Company's interest bearing deposits at December 31 was as follows:

(Dollars in Thousands)
NOW Accounts
Money Market Accounts
Savings Deposits
Time Deposits

Total Interest Bearing Deposits

2017

2016

$

$

877,820
239,212
335,140
143,122
1,595,294

$

$

904,014
252,800
304,680
159,610
1,621,104

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, $1.6 million and $1.7 million, respectively, in overdrawn deposit accounts were reclassified as loans.

Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 totaled $8.2 million and $9.8 million at December 31, 2017 
and December 31, 2016, respectively.

At December 31, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:

(Dollars in Thousands)
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022 and thereafter
Total

2017

121,821
11,594
5,571
2,323
1,813
143,122

$

$

Interest expense on deposits for the three years ended December 31, was as follows:

(Dollars in Thousands)
NOW Accounts
Money Market Accounts
Savings Deposits
Time Deposits < $250,000
Time Deposits > $250,000
Total

2017

2016

2015

$

$

1,094
252
159
274
10
1,789

$

$

292
120
144
306
17
879

$

$

254
134
126
377
53
944

87

Note 8
SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Short-term borrowings included the following:

(Dollars in Thousands)
2017
Balance at December 31
Maximum indebtedness at any month end
Daily average indebtedness outstanding
Average rate paid for the year
Average rate paid on period-end borrowings

2016
Balance at December 31
Maximum indebtedness at any month end
Daily average indebtedness outstanding
Average rate paid for the year
Average rate paid on period-end borrowings

2015
Balance at December 31
Maximum indebtedness at any month end
Daily average indebtedness outstanding
Average rate paid for the year
Average rate paid on period-end borrowings

Federal Funds 
Purchased

Securities 
Sold Under 
Repurchase 
Agreements(1)

Other 
Short-Term 
Borrowings(2)

$

$

$

$

$

$

-
-
7
1.60 %
- %

-
-
11
1.00 %
- %

-
-
12
0.74 %
- %

$

$

$

7,272
7,272
7,266
0.10 %
0.15 %

6,490
74,911
32,732

0.05 %
0.05 %

60,977
64,935
57,689

0.05 %
0.05 %

208
6,218
2,654
2.79 %
6.13 %

6,259
7,961
4,019
3.28 %
3.05 %

81
2,003
780
3.98 %
5.23 %

(1)  Balances are fully collateralized by government treasury or agency securities held in the Company's investment portfolio.
(2)  Comprised of FHLB advances.

Note 9
LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances.  FHLB long-term advances totaled $11.3 million at December 31, 2017 and $14.9 million at 
December 31, 2016.  The advances mature at varying dates from 2018 through 2025 and had a weighted-average rate of 2.48% and 
2.81% at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The FHLB advances are collateralized by a blanket floating lien on all 1-4 
family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate mortgage loans, and home equity mortgage loans.  Interest on the FHLB 
advances is paid on a monthly basis.

Note Payable.  Long-term note payable totaled $2.7 million at December 31, 2017.  The note matures on March 30, 2027.  Interest is 
payable quarterly on the note equal to the prime interest rate which is adjusted quarterly.

Scheduled minimum future principal payments on our long-term borrowings at December 31 were as follows: 

(Dollars in Thousands)
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023 and thereafter
Total

88

2017

1,645
4,763
1,667
1,209
2,892
1,791
13,967

$

$

Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Notes.  The Company has issued two junior subordinated deferrable interest notes to wholly 
owned Delaware statutory trusts.  The first note for $30.9 million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust I.  The second note for $32.0 
million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust II. The two trusts are considered variable interest entities for which the Company is not the 
primary beneficiary.  Accordingly, the accounts of the trusts are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See 
Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information about the Company’s consolidation policy.  Details of 
the Company’s transaction with the two trusts are provided below.

In November 2004, CCBG Capital Trust I issued $30.0 million of trust preferred securities which represent interest in the assets of the 
trust.  The interest payments are due quarterly at 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 1.90%, adjusted quarterly.  The trust preferred 
securities will mature on December 31, 2034, and are redeemable upon approval of the Federal Reserve in whole or in part at the 
option of the Company at any time after December 31, 2009 and in whole at any time upon occurrence of certain events affecting their 
tax or regulatory capital treatment. Distributions on the trust preferred securities are payable quarterly on March 31, June 30, 
September 30, and December 31 of each year.  CCBG Capital Trust I also issued $928,000 of common equity securities to 
CCBG.  The proceeds of the offering of trust preferred securities and common equity securities were used to purchase a $30.9 million 
junior subordinated deferrable interest note issued by the Company, which has terms similar to the trust preferred securities.

In May 2005, CCBG Capital Trust II issued $31.0 million of trust preferred securities which represent interest in the assets of the 
trust.  The interest payments are due quarterly at 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 1.80%, adjusted annually.  The trust preferred 
securities will mature on June 15, 2035, and are redeemable upon approval of the Federal Reserve in whole or in part at the option of 
the Company and in whole at any time upon occurrence of certain events affecting their tax or regulatory capital treatment.  
Distributions on the trust preferred securities are payable quarterly on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each 
year.  CCBG Capital Trust II also issued $959,000 of common equity securities to CCBG.  The proceeds of the offering of trust 
preferred securities and common equity securities were used to purchase a $32.0 million junior subordinated deferrable interest note 
issued by the Company, which has terms substantially similar to the trust preferred securities.

The Company has the right to defer payments of interest on the two notes at any time or from time to time for a period of up to twenty 
consecutive quarterly interest payment periods.  Under the terms of each note, in the event that under certain circumstances there is an 
event of default under the note or the Company has elected to defer interest on the note, the Company may not, with certain 
exceptions, declare or pay any dividends or distributions on its capital stock or purchase or acquire any of its capital stock.  As of 
December 31, 2016, the Company has paid all interest payments in full.  

The Company has entered into agreements to guarantee the payments of distributions on the trust preferred securities and payments of 
redemption of the trust preferred securities.  Under these agreements, the Company also agrees, on a subordinated basis, to pay 
expenses and liabilities of the two trusts other than those arising under the trust preferred securities.  The obligations of the Company 
under the two junior subordinated notes, the trust agreements establishing the two trusts, the guarantee and agreement as to expenses 
and liabilities, in aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the two trusts' obligations under the two 
trust preferred security issuances.

On April 12, 2016, we retired $10 million in face value of trust preferred securities that were auctioned as part of a liquidation of a 
pooled collateralized debt obligation fund.  The trust preferred securities were originally issued through CCBG Capital Trust I.  Our 
winning bid equated to approximately 75% of the $10 million par value, with the 25% discount resulting in a pre-tax gain of 
approximately $2.5 million.  We utilized internal resources and a $3.75 million draw on a short-term borrowing facility to fund the 
repurchase.

Despite the fact that the accounts of CCBG Capital Trust I and CCBG Capital Trust II are not included in the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements, the $20.0 million and $31.0 million, respectively, in trust preferred securities issued by these subsidiary trusts are 
included in the Tier 1 Capital of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. as allowed by Federal Reserve guidelines.

89

Note 10
INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes reflected in the statements of comprehensive income is comprised of the following components:

(Dollars in Thousands)
Current:
Federal
State

Deferred:
Federal
State
Expense Due to Enactment of Federal Tax Reform
Change in Valuation Allowance

Total:

Federal
State
Expense Due to Enactment of Federal Tax Reform
Change in Valuation Allowance

Total

2017

2016

2015

$

$

5,792
140
5,932

1,232
974
4,066
(1)
6,271

7,024
1,114
4,066
(1)
12,203

$

$

2,295
115
2,410

2,742
712
-
3
3,457

5,037
827
-
3
5,867

$

$

497
115
612

3,258
475
-
114
3,847

3,755
590
-
114
4,459

On December 22, 2017, H.R.1, commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), was signed into law.  Among other 
things, the Tax Act reduced our corporate federal tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018.  As a result, we were required 
to re-measure, through income tax expense, our deferred tax assets and liabilities using the enacted rate at which we expect them to be 
recovered or settled.  

On December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which provides guidance on accounting 
for the tax effects of the Tax Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act 
enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740, Income Taxes.  The Company’s financial results reflect the 
income tax effects of the Act for which the accounting under ASC Topic 740 is complete and provisional amounts for those specific 
income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC Topic 740 is incomplete but a reasonable estimate could 
be determined.  The Company recorded a provisional amount of $4.1 million tax expense for the impact of the re-measurement of its 
deferred tax inventory.  The Company is still analyzing certain aspects of the Tax Act and refining its calculations, therefore these 
estimates may change as additional information becomes available.  

Income taxes provided were different than the tax expense computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to pre-
tax income as a result of the following:

(Dollars in Thousands)
Tax Expense at Federal Statutory Rate
Increases (Decreases) Resulting From:
Tax-Exempt Interest Income
State Taxes, Net of Federal Benefit
Other
Change in Valuation Allowance
Tax-Exempt Cash Surrender Value Life Insurance Benefit
Excess Death Benefit Payment
Expense Due to Enactment of Federal Tax Reform
Actual Tax Expense

2017

2016

2015

$

8,074

$

6,165

$

4,751

(805)
724
439
(1)
(294)
-
4,066
12,203

$

$

(662)
538
121
3
(298)
-
-
5,867

$

(395)
390
562
114
(303)
(660)
-
4,459

Deferred income tax liabilities and assets result from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting 
purposes and for income tax return purposes.  These assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are 
currently in effect.  The net deferred tax asset and the temporary differences comprising that balance at December 31, 2017 and 2016 
are as follows:

90

(Dollars in Thousands)
Deferred Tax Assets Attributable to:
Allowance for Loan Losses
Accrued Pension/SERP
State Net Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carry-Forwards
Other Real Estate Owned
Federal Net Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carry-Forwards
Accrued SERP Liability
Other
Total Deferred Tax Assets

Deferred Tax Liabilities Attributable to:
Depreciation on Premises and Equipment
Deferred Loan Fees and Costs
Intangible Assets
Investments
Other
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities
Valuation Allowance
Net Deferred Tax Asset

2017

2016

$

$

$

$

3,373
10,289
5,074
1,520
50
1,398
1,787
23,491

3,272
2,266
3,035
469
5
9,047
1,755
12,689

$

$

$

$

5,182
16,107
4,804
3,550
401
1,824
2,414
34,282

5,480
3,342
4,319
714
10
13,865
1,445
18,972

In the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets, with the exception of certain state net 
operating loss carry-forwards, certain state tax credit carry-forwards, and certain capital loss carry-forwards expected to expire prior to 
utilization, will be realized.  Accordingly, a valuation allowance of $1.8 million is recorded at December 31, 2017.  At December 31, 
2017, the Company had state loss and tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $5.1 million, which expire at various dates from 
2018 through 2036, and federal capital loss carry-forwards of approximately $0.1 million which expire at various dates from 2019 
through 2020.

The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015.

It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties accrued relative to unrecognized tax benefits in their respective federal 
or state income taxes accounts.  There were no penalties and interest related to income taxes recorded in the income statement for the 
years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.  There were no amounts accrued in the balance sheet for penalties and interest at 
December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, as well as file various returns in states where its 
banking offices are located.  The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state tax examinations for years before 2014.

Note 11
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

At December 31, 2017, the Company had three stock-based compensation plans, consisting of the 2011 Associate Incentive Plan 
(“AIP”), the 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan (“ASPP”), and the 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan (“DSPP”).  These plans, 
which were approved by the shareowners in April 2011, replaced substantially similar plans approved by the shareowners in 2004.  
Total compensation expense associated with these plans for 2015 through 2017 was $1.4 million, $1.8 million, and $2.0 million, 
respectively.    

AIP.  The AIP allows the Company's Board of Directors to award key associates various forms of equity-based incentive 
compensation.  Under the 2011 AIP there were 875,000 shares reserved for issuance.  In 2016, the Company, pursuant to the terms 
and conditions of the AIP, created the 2016 Incentive Plan (“2017 Plan”), under which all participants in the 2017 Plan were eligible 
to earn performance shares.  Awards under the 2017 Plan were tied to internally established performance goals.  At base level targets, 
the grant-date fair value of the shares eligible to be awarded in 2017 was approximately $0.9 million. Approximately 75% of the 
award is in the form of stock and 25% in the form of a cash bonus.  For 2017, a total of 33,213 shares were eligible for issuance, but 
additional shares could be earned if performance exceeded established goals.  A total of 28,943 shares were earned for 2017.  The 
Company recognized expense of $0.8 million, $1.2 million, and $1.1 million for years ended 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  After 
deducting the shares earned in 2017, 525,243 shares remain eligible for issuance under the 2011 AIP.

91

  
Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”).  In 2007, the Company established a Performance Share Unit Plan under the 
provisions of the AIP that allows William G. Smith, Jr., the Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer of CCBG, Inc. to earn 
shares based on the compound annual growth rate in diluted earnings per share over a three-year period.  At December 31, 2017, there 
were three LTIP agreements in place for the years 2015-2017.  The Company recognized $0.6 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million 
in expense for years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, under these LTIP agreements.  At Mr. Smith’s request, the Compensation 
Committee, with board approval, exercised its negative discretion option whereby the grant for the three-year period beginning 2015 
was cancelled and therefore there was no pay-out.  In addition, the Company entered into similar LTIP agreements with Thomas A. 
Barron, the President of CCB for the years 2015-2017 that allows shares to be earned based on the compound annual growth rate in 
diluted earnings per share over a three-year period.  At December 31, 2017, there were three LTIP agreements in place for the years 
2015-2017.  The Company recognized $0.4 million and $0.2 million in expense for years 2017 and 2016, and no expense for the year 
ended 2015.  The Company also entered into a similar agreement with J. Kimbrough Davis, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, 
which is being phased in over a three year period (2017-2019) that allows shares to be earned based on the compound annual growth 
rate in diluted earnings per share.  The Company recognized $0.1 million in expense for the year ended 2017 under this agreement.

DSPP.  The Company’s DSPP allows the directors to purchase the Company’s common stock at a price equal to 90% of the closing 
price on the date of purchase.  Stock purchases under the DSPP are limited to the amount of the directors' annual retainer and meeting 
fees.  Under the 2011 DSPP there were 150,000 shares reserved for issuance.  For 2017, the Company issued 10,340 shares and 
recognized approximately $22,000 in expense under the DSPP.  For 2016, the Company issued 15,530 shares and recognized 
approximately $23,000 in expense under the DSPP.  For 2015, the Company issued 12,494 shares under the DSPP and recognized 
approximately $19,000 in expense related to this plan.  At December 31, 2017, there are 48,380 shares eligible for issuance under the 
2011 DSPP.

ASPP.  Under the Company’s ASPP, substantially all associates may purchase the Company’s common stock through payroll 
deductions at a price equal to 90% of the lower of the fair market value at the beginning or end of each six-month offering 
period.  Stock purchases under the ASPP are limited to 10% of an associate's eligible compensation, up to a maximum of $25,000 (fair 
market value on each enrollment date) in any plan year.  Under the 2011 ASPP there were 593,750 shares of common stock reserved 
for issuance.   For 2017, 28,874 shares were acquired and approximately $94,000 in expense was recognized under the ASPP.  For 
2016, 44,782 shares were acquired and approximately $100,000 in expense was recognized under the ASPP.  For 2015, 21,088 shares 
were acquired under the ASPP and approximately $52,000 in expense was recognized related to this plan.  At December 31, 2017, 
323,576 shares remained eligible for issuance under the ASPP.

Based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the weighted average estimated fair value of each of the purchase rights granted 
under the ASPP was $3.28 for 2017.  For 2016 and 2015, the weighted average fair value purchase right granted was $2.22 and $2.36, 
respectively.  In calculating compensation, the fair value of each stock purchase right was estimated on the date of grant using the 
following weighted average assumptions:

Dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected life (in years)

2017

2016

2015

1.2 %
21.6 %
0.9 %
0.5

1.1 %
19.5 %
0.4 %
0.5

0.8 %
19.0 %
0.1 %
0.5

92

Note 12
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Pension Plan

The Company sponsors a noncontributory pension plan covering substantially all of its associates.  Benefits under this plan generally 
are based on the associate's total years of service and average of the five highest years of compensation during the ten years 
immediately preceding their departure.  The Company’s general funding policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum 
funding requirements as set by law and to ensure deductibility for federal income tax purposes.

The following table details on a consolidated basis the changes in benefit obligation, changes in plan assets, the funded status of the 
plan, components of pension expense, amounts recognized in the Company's consolidated statements of financial condition, and major 
assumptions used to determine these amounts.

93

(Dollars in Thousands)
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
Benefit Obligation at Beginning of Year
Service Cost
Interest Cost
Actuarial Loss (Gain)
Benefits Paid
Expenses Paid
Projected Benefit Obligation at End of Year

Change in Plan Assets:
Fair Value of Plan Assets at Beginning of Year
Actual Return on Plan Assets
Employer Contributions
Benefits Paid
Expenses Paid
Fair Value of Plan Assets at End of Year

Funded Status of Plan and Accrued Liability Recognized at End of Year:
Other Liabilities

Accumulated Benefit Obligation at End of Year

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs:
Service Cost
Interest Cost
Expected Return on Plan Assets
Amortization of Prior Service Costs
Net Loss Amortization
Net Periodic Benefit Cost

Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligation:
Discount Rate
Rate of Compensation Increase
Measurement Date

Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Cost:
Discount Rate
Expected Return on Plan Assets
Rate of Compensation Increase

Amortization Amounts from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:
Net Actuarial Loss
Prior Service Cost
Net Loss
Deferred Tax (Benefit) Expense
Other Comprehensive Loss (Gain), net of tax

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:
Net Actuarial Losses
Prior Service Cost
Deferred Tax Benefit
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax

2017

2016

2015

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

152,585
6,752
5,750
10,877
(10,541)
(339)
165,084

113,813
16,786
10,000
(10,541)
(339)
129,719

35,365

144,139

6,752
5,750
(8,026)
223
3,812
8,511

3.71%
3.25%
12/31/17

4.21%
7.25%
3.25%

2,117
(223)
(3,812)
5,898
3,980

38,698
265
(9,876)
29,087

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

141,039
6,453
5,587
9,118
(9,412)
(200)
152,585

105,792
7,633
10,000
(9,412)
(200)
113,813

38,772

130,109

6,453
5,587
(7,736)
278
3,201
7,783

4.21%
3.25%
12/31/16

4.52%
7.50%
3.25%

9,221
(278)
(3,201)
(2,216)
3,526

40,392
488
(15,772)
25,108

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

140,359
6,859
5,750
(6,880)
(4,825)
(224)
141,039

108,172
(2,331)
5,000
(4,825)
(224)
105,792

35,247

121,609

6,859
5,750
(7,820)
309
3,564
8,662

4.52%
3.25%
12/31/15

4.15%
7.50%
3.25%

3,272
(309)
(3,564)
232
(369)

34,373
766
(13,556)
21,583

The Company expects to recognize $3.7 million of the net actuarial loss and $0.2 million of the prior service cost reflected in 
accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2017 as a component of net periodic benefit cost during 2018.

94

Effective December 31, 2015, the Company changed the method used to estimate the service and interest components of net periodic 
benefit cost for the defined benefit and supplemental executive retirement plans.  This new estimation approach discounts the 
individual expected cash flows underlying the service cost and interest cost using the applicable spot rates derived from the yield 
curve used to discount the cash flows for the benefit obligations.  Historically, the estimated service and interest cost components 
utilized a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligations at the beginning 
of the period.  The Company elected this change to provide a more precise measurement of service and interest costs by improving the 
correlation between projected benefit cash flows to the corresponding spot yield curve rates.  The change was accounted for as a 
change in accounting estimate that is inseparable from a change in accounting principle and accordingly was accounted for 
prospectively, with the resulting change impacting the recognition of net periodic benefit expense beginning January 1, 2016.   

Plan Assets. The Company’s pension plan asset allocation at year-end 2017 and 2016, and the target asset allocation for 2018 are as 
follows:

Equity Securities
Debt Securities
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Total

Target
Allocation
2018

Percentage of Plan
Assets at Year-End(1)
2016
2017

70 %
25 %
5 %
100 %

74 %
21 %
5 %
100 %

66 %
20 %
14 %
100 %

(1) Represents asset allocation at year-end which may differ from the average target allocation for the year due to the year-end cash 

contribution to the plan.

The Company’s pension plan assets are overseen by the CCBG Retirement Committee.  Capital City Trust Company acts as the 
investment manager for the plan.  The investment strategy is to maximize return on investments while minimizing risk.  The Company 
believes the best way to accomplish this goal is to take a conservative approach to its investment strategy by investing in mutual funds 
that include various high-grade equity securities and investment-grade debt issuances with varying investment strategies.  The overall 
expected long-term rate of return on assets is a weighted-average expectation for the return on plan assets.  The Company considers 
historical performance data and economic/financial data to arrive at expected long-term rates of return for each asset category.

The major categories of assets in the Company’s pension plan as of December 31 are presented in the following table.  Assets are 
segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy established by ASC Topic 820 utilized to measure fair 
value (see Note 19 – Fair Value Measurements).  

(Dollars in Thousands)
Level 1:

Mutual Funds
Cash and Cash Equivalents

Level 2:

U.S. Government Agency

2017

2016

$

118,474
7,103

$

96,079
15,345

4,142

2,389

Total Fair Value of Plan Assets

$

129,719

$

113,813

Expected Benefit Payments.  As of December 31, expected benefit payments related to the defined benefit pension plan were as 
follows:

(Dollars in Thousands)
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023 through 2027
Total

95

2017

11,487
11,471
10,563
12,488
10,936
57,441
114,386

$

$

Contributions.  The following table details the amounts contributed to the pension plan in 2016 and 2017, and the expected amount to 
be contributed in 2018.

(Dollars in Thousands)
Actual Contributions

2016

2017

Expected
Contribution
2018(1)

$

10,000

$

10,000

$

10,000

(1)  For 2018, the Company will have the option to make a cash contribution to the plan or utilize pre-funding balances.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

The Company has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) covering selected executive officers.  Benefits under this plan 
generally are based on the same service and compensation as used for the pension plan, except the benefits are calculated without 
regard to the limits set by the Internal Revenue Code on compensation and benefits.  The net benefit payable from the SERP is the 
difference between this gross benefit and the benefit payable by the pension plan.

The following table details on a consolidated basis the changes in benefit obligation, the funded status of the plan, components of 
pension expense, amounts recognized in the Company's consolidated statements of financial condition, and major assumptions used to 
determine these amounts.

96

(Dollars in Thousands)
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
Benefit Obligation at Beginning of Year
Service Cost
Interest Cost
Actuarial Loss
Projected Benefit Obligation at End of Year

Funded Status of Plan and Accrued Liability Recognized at End of Year:

Other Liabilities

Accumulated Benefit Obligation at End of Year

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs:
Service Cost
Interest Cost
Amortization of Prior Service Cost
Net Loss Amortization
Net Periodic Benefit Cost

Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligation:
Discount Rate
Rate of Compensation Increase
Measurement Date

Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Cost:
Discount Rate
Rate of Compensation Increase

Amortization Amounts from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:
Net Actuarial Loss
Prior Service Cost
Net Loss
Deferred Tax (Benefit) Expense 
Other Comprehensive Loss (Gain), net of tax

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:
Net Actuarial Loss
Deferred Tax Benefit
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax

2017

2016

2015

5,741
-
191
1,353
7,285

7,285

6,485

-
191
-
597
788

3.53%
3.25%
12/31/17

3.92%
3.25%

1,353
-
(597)
(77)
679

1,626
(412)
1,214

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

4,842
-
162
737
5,741

5,741

4,913

-
162
-
759
921

3.92%
3.25%
12/31/16

4.13%
3.25%

737
-
(759)
8
(14)

870
(336)
534

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

3,003
3
133
1,703
4,842

4,842

4,348

3
133
7
179
322

4.13%
3.25%
12/31/15

4.15%
3.25%

1,703
(7)
(179)
(585)
932

892
(344)
548

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

The Company expects to recognize approximately $1.6 million of the net actuarial loss reflected in accumulated other comprehensive 
income at December 31, 2017 as a component of net periodic benefit cost during 2018.

Effective December 31, 2015, the Company changed the method used to estimate the service and interest components of net periodic 
benefit cost for the supplemental executive retirement plans to mirror the change previously noted for the defined benefit plan.  

97

Expected Benefit Payments. As of December 31, expected benefit payments related to the SERP were as follows:

(Dollars in Thousands)
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023 through 2027

Total

401(k) Plan

2017

3,427
3,995
-
-
-
-
7,422

$

$

The Company has a 401(k) Plan which enables associates to defer a portion of their salary on a pre-tax basis.  The plan covers 
substantially all associates of the Company who meet minimum age requirements.  The plan is designed to enable participants to elect 
to have an amount from 1% to 15% of their compensation withheld in any plan year placed in the 401(k) Plan trust account. Matching 
contributions of 50% from the Company are made up to 6% of the participant's compensation for eligible associates.  During 2017, the 
Company made matching contributions of $0.6 million.  For the years 2016 and 2015, the Company made matching contributions of 
$0.6 and $0.5 million, respectively.  The participant may choose to invest their contributions into twenty-seven investment options 
available to 401(k) participants, including the Company’s common stock.  A total of 50,000 shares of CCBG common stock have been 
reserved for issuance.  Shares issued to participants have historically been purchased in the open market.

Other Plans

The Company has a Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Stock Purchase Plan.  A total of 250,000 shares have been reserved for 
issuance.  In recent years, shares for the Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Stock Purchase Plan have been acquired in the open 
market and, thus, the Company did not issue any shares under this plan in 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Note 13
EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

(Dollars and Per Share Data in Thousands)
Numerator:
Net Income

2017

2016

2015

$

10,863

$

11,746

$

9,116

Denominator:
Denominator for Basic Earnings Per Share Weighted-Average Shares
Effects of Dilutive Securities Stock Compensation Plans

16,952
61

16,989
72

17,273
45

Denominator for Diluted Earnings Per Share Adjusted Weighted-Average 
   Shares and Assumed Conversions

Basic Earnings Per Share

Diluted Earnings Per Share

17,013

17,061

17,318

$

$

0.64

0.64

$

$

0.69

0.69

$

$

0.53

0.53

98

Note 14
REGULATORY MATTERS

Regulatory Capital Requirements.  The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital 
requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain 
mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the 
Company and Bank’s financial statements.  Under  capital  adequacy guidelines  and the regulatory framework  for  prompt 
corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, 
liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The capital amounts and 
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.  Prompt 
corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

The final rules implementing Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s capital guidelines for U.S. banks (Basel III rules) became 
effective for the Company on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions).  Quantitative measures established 
by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the 
following table) of common equity tier 1, total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of tier 1 
capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  Under the Basel III rules, the Company must hold a capital conservation buffer 
above the well capitalized risk-based capital ratios.  The capital conservation buffer is being phased in as follows:  1.25% in 2017, 
1.875% in 2018, and 2.50% in 2019.  Management believes, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, that the Company and the Bank meet all 
capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

At December 31, 2017, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well 
capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must 
maintain minimum common equity tier 1, total risk-based, tier 1 risk based and tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following 
tables.  There are not conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.  The 
Company and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are presented in the following table.

99

(Dollars in Thousands)
2017
Common Equity Tier 1:
CCBG
CCB

Tier 1 Capital:
CCBG
CCB

Total Capital:
CCBG
CCB

Tier 1 Leverage:
CCBG
CCB

2016
Common Equity Tier 1:
CCBG
CCB

Tier 1 Capital:
CCBG
CCB

Total Capital:
CCBG
CCB

Tier 1 Leverage:
CCBG
CCB

Actual

Amount

Ratio

Required
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
Ratio
Amount

To Be Well-
Capitalized Under
Prompt
Corrective
Action Provisions

Amount

Ratio

$

234,477
275,796

13.42% $
15.83%

78,648
78,418

4.50%
4.50% $

*
113,270

*
6.50%

285,477
275,796

16.33%
15.83%

104,864
104,557

6.00%
6.00%

*
139,410

*
8.00%

298,784
289,103

17.10%
16.59%

139,819
139,410

8.00%
8.00%

*
174,262

*
10.00%

285,477
275,796

10.47%
10.14%

109,082
108,764

4.00%
4.00%

*
135,956

*
5.00%

$

220,211
268,811

12.61% $
15.44%

78,587
78,356

4.50%
4.50% $

*
113,182

*
6.50%

270,801
268,811

15.51%
15.44%

104,783
104,475

6.00%
6.00%

*
139,300

*
8.00%

284,232
282,242

16.28%
16.21%

139,710
139,300

8.00%
8.00%

*
174,126

*
10.00%

270,801
268,811

10.23%
10.18%

105,909
105,652

4.00%
4.00%

*
132,066

*
5.00%

*   Not applicable to bank holding companies.

Dividend Restrictions.  In the ordinary course of business, the Company is dependent upon dividends from its banking subsidiary to 
provide funds for the payment of dividends to shareowners and to provide for other cash requirements.  Banking regulations may limit 
the amount of dividends that may be paid.  Approval by regulatory authorities is required if the effect of dividends declared would 
cause the regulatory capital of the Company’s banking subsidiary to fall below specified minimum levels.  Approval is also required if 
dividends declared exceed the net profits of the banking subsidiary for that year combined with the retained net profits for proceeding 
two years.  In 2018, the bank subsidiary may declare dividends without regulatory approval of $3.4 million plus an additional amount 
equal to net profits of the Company’s subsidiary bank for 2018 up to the date of any such dividend declaration.

Note 15
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

FASB Topic ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income” requires that certain transactions and other economic events that bypass the 
income statement be displayed as other comprehensive income.  Total comprehensive income is reported in the consolidated 
statements of comprehensive income and changes in shareowners’ equity.

The Company elected to early adopt FASB ASU 2018-02, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): 
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and reclassify to retained earnings the 
stranded effects in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the Tax Act.  

100

  
  
  
The following table summarizes the tax effects for each component of other comprehensive income (loss) and includes separately 
the reclassification adjustment for investment securities and benefit plans:

(Dollars in Thousands)
2017
Investment Securities:
Change in net unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale

Amortization of losses on securities transferred from available for sale to

held to maturity
Total Investment Securities

Benefit Plans:

Reclassification adjustment for amortization of prior service cost
Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net loss
Current year actuarial loss

Total Benefit Plans

Total Other Comprehensive Loss

2016
Investment Securities:
Change in net unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale

Amortization of losses on securities transferred from available for sale to

held to maturity
Total Investment Securities

Benefit Plans:

Reclassification adjustment for amortization of prior service cost
Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net loss
Current year actuarial loss

Total Benefit Plans

Total Other Comprehensive Loss

2015
Investment Securities:
Change in net unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale

Amortization of losses on securities transferred from available for sale to

held to maturity
Total Investment Securities

Benefit Plans:

Reclassification adjustment for amortization of prior service cost
Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net loss
Current year actuarial loss

Total Benefit Plans

Before
Tax
Amount

Tax
(Expense)
Benefit

Net of
Tax
Amount

$

(1,459)

$

564

$

(895)

$

$

$

$

73
(1,386)

223
4,409
(3,470)
1,162

(29)
535

(86)
(1,622)
1,159
(549)

44
(851)

137
2,787
(2,311)
613

(224)

$

(14)

$

(238)

(828)

$

322

$

(506)

82
(746)

278
3,960
(9,958)
(5,720)

(32)
290

(107)
(1,528)
3,843
2,208

50
(456)

171
2,432
(6,115)
(3,512)

(6,466)

$

2,498

$

(3,968)

(373)

$

143

$

(230)

76
(297)

316
3,743
(4,975)
(916)

(31)
112

(122)
(1,444)
1,919
353

45
(185)

194
2,299
(3,056)
(563)

Total Other Comprehensive Loss

$

(1,213)

$

465

$

(748)

101

Accumulated other comprehensive loss was comprised of the following components:

 (Dollars in Thousands)
Balance as of January 1, 2017
Other comprehensive loss during the period
Adoption of ASU No. 2018-02
Balance as of December 31, 2017

Balance as of January 1, 2016
Other comprehensive loss during the period
Balance as of December 31, 2016

Balance as of January 1, 2015
Other comprehensive income (loss) during the period
Balance as of December 31, 2015

Note 16
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Securities
Available
for Sale

Retirement
Plans

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

(583)
(851)
(309)
(1,743)

(127)
(456)
(583)

59
(186)
(127)

$

$

$

$

$

$

(25,642)
613
(5,272)
(30,301)

(22,130)
(3,512)
(25,642)

(21,568)
(562)
(22,130)

$

$

$

$

$

$

(26,225)
(238)
(5,581)
(32,044)

(22,257)
(3,968)
(26,225)

(21,509)
(748)
(22,257)

$

$

$

$

$

$

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, certain officers and directors were indebted to the Company’s bank subsidiary in the aggregate 
amount of $7.4 million and $8.5 million, respectively.  During 2017, $7.3 million in new loans were made and repayments totaled 
$8.4 million.  In the opinion of management, these loans were made on similar terms as loans to other individuals of comparable 
creditworthiness and were all current at year-end.

Deposits from certain directors, executive officers, and their related interests totaled $26.6 million and $17.9 million at December 31, 
2017 and 2016, respectively.

Under a lease agreement expiring in 2024, the Bank leases land from a partnership in which several directors and officers have an 
interest.  The lease agreement with Smith Interests General Partnership L.L.P. provides for annual lease payments of approximately 
$170,000, to be adjusted for inflation in future years.

In March 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with Mettler Limited Partnership, a related party of Thomas A. Barron, 
President of Capital City Bank and a director of the Company, to acquire a $1,000,000 loan participation interest in a loan originated 
by Capital City Bank.  This transaction was reviewed and approved in accordance with the Company’s Related Party Transaction 
Policy.

William G. Smith, III, the son of our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, William G. Smith, Jr., is employed as a Vice 
President of Capital City Bank.  In 2017, William G. Smith, III’s total compensation (consisting of annual base salary, annual bonus, 
and stock-based compensation) was approximately $143,500.  His compensation was determined in accordance with our standard 
employment and compensation practices applicable to associates with similar responsibilities and positions.

102

Note 17
OTHER NONINTEREST EXPENSE

Components of other noninterest expense in excess of 1% of the sum of total interest income and noninterest income, which are not 
disclosed separately elsewhere, are presented below for each of the respective years.

(Dollars in Thousands)
Legal Fees
Professional Fees
Telephone
Advertising
Processing Services
Insurance – Other
Other
Total

Note 18
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

2017

2016

2015

1,933
3,689
2,405
1,731
6,253
1,626
7,961
25,598

$

2,311
3,424
2,296
1,702
6,471
2,060
8,021
26,285

$

2,506
3,789
1,976
1,391
6,540
2,737
8,211
27,150

$

Lending Commitments.  The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks in the normal course of business 
to meet the financing needs of its clients.  These financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of 
credit.

The Company’s maximum exposure to credit loss under standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit is represented by 
the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Company uses the same credit policies in establishing commitments and issuing 
letters of credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.  At December 31, the amounts associated with the Company’s off-
balance sheet obligations were as follows:

(Dollars in Thousands)
Commitments to Extend Credit(1)
Standby Letters of Credit

Total

Fixed

2017
Variable

Total

Fixed

2016
Variable

$

$

78,390
4,678
83,068

$

$

366,750
-
366,750

$

$

445,140
4,678
449,818

$

$

69,993
4,768
74,761

$

$

332,420
-
332,420

Total

402,413
4,768
407,181

$

$

(1)  Commitments include unfunded loans, revolving lines of credit, and other unused commitments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a client so long as there is no violation of any condition established in the 
contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since 
many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily 
represent future cash requirements.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a client to a third 
party.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities. In 
general, management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of participating in these types of transactions.  However, any 
potential losses arising from such transactions are reserved for in the same manner as management reserves for its other credit 
facilities.

For both on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments, the Company requires collateral to support such instruments when it is 
deemed necessary.  The Company evaluates each client’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral 
obtained upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.  Collateral held varies, but may 
include deposits held in financial institutions; U.S. Treasury securities; other marketable securities; real estate; accounts receivable; 
property, plant and equipment; and inventory.

Other Commitments.  In the normal course of business, the Company enters into lease commitments which are classified as operating 
leases.  Rent expense incurred under these leases was approximately $0.5 million in 2017, $0.5 million in 2016, and $0.5 million in 
2015.  Minimum lease payments under these leases due in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2017, are as follows 
(dollars in millions):  2018, $0.5; 2019, $0.4; 2020, $0.4; 2021, $0.4, thereafter, $2.0.

103

Contingencies.  The Company is a party to lawsuits and claims arising out of the normal course of business.  In management's opinion, 
there are no known pending claims or litigation, the outcome of which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect 
on the consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows of the Company.

Indemnification Obligation.  The Company is a member of the Visa U.S.A. network.  Visa U.S.A believes that its member banks are 
required to indemnify it for potential future settlement of certain litigation (the “Covered Litigation”) that relates to several antitrust 
lawsuits challenging the practices of Visa and MasterCard International.  In 2008, the Company, as a member of the Visa U.S.A. 
network, obtained Class B shares of Visa, Inc. upon its initial public offering.  Since its initial public offering, Visa, Inc. has funded a 
litigation reserve for the Covered Litigation resulting in a reduction in the Class B shares held by the Company.  During the first 
quarter of 2011, the Company sold its remaining Class B shares resulting in a $3.2 million pre-tax gain.  Associated with this sale, the 
Company entered into a swap contract with the purchaser of the shares that requires a payment to the counterparty in the event that 
Visa, Inc. makes subsequent revisions to the conversion ratio for its Class B shares.  Further information on the swap contract is 
contained within Note 19 below.  Fixed charges included in the swap liability are payable quarterly until the litigation reserve is fully 
liquidated and at which time the aforementioned swap contract will be terminated.  Quarterly payments during 2017 totaled $371,000.  
Conversion ratio payments and ongoing fixed quarterly charges are reflected in earnings in the period incurred.

Note 19
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an orderly 
transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such asset or 
liability.  In estimating fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income 
approach and/or the cost approach.  Such valuation techniques are consistently applied.  Inputs to valuation techniques include the 
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.  ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for 
valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest 
priority to unobservable inputs.  The fair value hierarchy is as follows:







Level 1 Inputs - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the 
ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 Inputs - Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical 
or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or 
liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from, or 
corroborated, by market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 Inputs - Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity's own 
assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Securities Available for Sale.  U.S. Treasury securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 inputs.  Other securities classified as 
available for sale are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs.  For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements 
from an independent pricing service.  The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market 
spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, credit information and the bond’s terms 
and conditions, among other things.

In general, the Company does not purchase securities that have a complicated structure.  The Company’s entire portfolio consists of 
traditional investments, nearly all of which are U.S. Treasury obligations, federal agency bullet or mortgage pass-through securities, or 
general obligation or revenue based municipal bonds.  Pricing for such instruments is easily obtained.  From time to time, the 
Company will validate, on a sample basis, prices supplied by the independent pricing service by comparison to prices obtained from 
third-party sources or derived using internal models.

Fair Value Swap.  The Company entered into a stand-alone derivative contract with the purchaser of its Visa Class B shares.  The 
valuation represents the amount due and payable to the counterparty based upon the revised share conversion rate, if any, during the 
period.  At December 31, 2017, there were no amounts payable.   

104

A summary of fair values for assets and liabilities at December 31 consisted of the following: 

(Dollars in Thousands)

2017
Securities Available for Sale:
U.S. Government Treasury
U.S. Government Agency
States and Political Subdivisions
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Equity Securities

2016
Securities Available for Sale:
U.S. Government Treasury
U.S. Government Agency
State and Political Subdivisions
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Equity Securities

Level 1
Inputs

Level 2
Inputs

Level 3
Inputs

Total Fair
Value

$

$

235,341
-
-
-
-

286,278
-
-
-
-

$

$

-
144,644
91,157
1,185
8,584

-
131,640
94,839
1,430
8,547

$

$

-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

$

$

235,341
144,644
91,157
1,185
8,584

286,278
131,640
94,839
1,430
8,547

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis (i.e., the assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis 
but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances).  An example would be assets exhibiting evidence of impairment.  
The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets measured on a non-recurring basis.  

Impaired Loans.  Impairment for collateral dependent loans is measured using the fair value of the collateral less selling costs.  The 
fair value of collateral is determined by an independent valuation or professional appraisal in conformance with banking regulations.  
Collateral values are estimated using Level 3 inputs due to the volatility in the real estate market, and the judgment and estimation 
involved in the real estate appraisal process.  Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional 
impairment and adjusted accordingly.  Valuation techniques are consistent with those techniques applied in prior periods.  Impaired 
collateral dependent loans had a carrying value of $6.1 million with a valuation allowance of $1.1 million at December 31, 2017 and 
$6.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016.

Loans Held for Sale.  These loans are carried at the lower of cost or fair value and are adjusted to fair value on a non-recurring basis.  
Fair value is based on observable markets rates for comparable loan products, which is considered a Level 2 fair value measurement.

Other Real Estate Owned.  During 2017 and 2016, certain foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, were measured and reported at 
fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based on the fair value of the foreclosed asset less estimated cost to 
sell.  The fair value of the foreclosed asset is determined by an independent valuation or professional appraisal in conformance with 
banking regulations.  On an ongoing basis, we obtain updated appraisals on foreclosed assets and record valuation adjustments as 
necessary.  The fair value of foreclosed assets is estimated using Level 3 inputs due to the judgment and estimation involved in the 
real estate valuation process.    

Assets and Liabilities Disclosed at Fair Value

The Company is required to disclose the estimated fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities, for which it is 
practical to estimate fair value and the following is a description of valuation methodologies used for those assets and liabilities.

Cash and Short-Term Investments.  The carrying amount of cash and short-term investments is used to approximate fair value, given 
the short time frame to maturity and as such assets do not present unanticipated credit concerns.

Securities Held to Maturity.  Securities held to maturity are valued in accordance with the methodology previously noted in the 
caption “Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis – Securities Available for Sale”.

Loans.  The loan portfolio is segregated into categories and the fair value of each loan category is calculated using present value 
techniques based upon projected cash flows and estimated discount rates that reflect the credit, interest rate, and liquidity risks 
inherent in each loan category.  The calculated present values are then reduced by an allocation of the allowance for loan losses 
against each respective loan category.

105

 
 
Deposits.  The fair value of Noninterest Bearing Deposits, NOW Accounts, Money Market Accounts and Savings Accounts are the 
amounts payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using present 
value techniques and rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Subordinated Notes Payable.  The fair value of each note is calculated using present value techniques, based upon projected cash 
flows and estimated discount rates as well as rates being offered for similar obligations.

Short-Term and Long-Term Borrowings.  The fair value of each note is calculated using present value techniques, based upon 
projected cash flows and estimated discount rates as well as rates being offered for similar debt.

A summary of estimated fair values of significant financial instruments at December 31 consisted of the following:

(Dollars in Thousands)

ASSETS:
Cash
Short-Term Investments
Investment Securities, Available for Sale
Investment Securities, Held to Maturity
Loans Held for Sale
Loans, Net of Allowance for Loan Losses

LIABILITIES:
Deposits
Short-Term Borrowings
Subordinated Notes Payable
Long-Term Borrowings

(Dollars in Thousands)

ASSETS:
Cash
Short-Term Investments
Investment Securities, Available for Sale
Investment Securities, Held to Maturity
Loans Held for Sale
Loans, Net of Allowance for Loan Losses

LIABILITIES:
Deposits
Short-Term Borrowings
Subordinated Notes Payable
Long-Term Borrowings

Carrying
Value

Level 1
Inputs

Level 2
Inputs

Level 3
Inputs

2017

$

$

$

$

58,419
227,023
480,911
216,679
4,817
1,640,185

2,469,877
7,480
52,887
13,967

Carrying
Value

48,268
247,779
522,734
177,365
10,886
1,547,858

2,412,286
12,749
52,887
14,881

$

$

$

$

58,419
227,023
235,341
97,815
-
-

-
-
-
-

2016

Level 1
Inputs

48,268
247,779
286,278
119,157
-
-

-
-
-
-

$

$

$

$

-
-
245,570
117,192
4,817
-

2,382,818
7,482
41,718
14,081

Level 2
Inputs

-
-
236,456
57,589
10,886
-

2,272,572
12,802
42,024
15,122

$

$

$

$

-
-
-
-
-
1,625,310

-
-
-
-

Level 3
Inputs

-
-
-
-
-
1,543,576

-
-
-
-

All non-financial instruments are excluded from the above table.  The disclosures also do not include goodwill.  Accordingly, the 
aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

106

Note 20
PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following are condensed statements of financial condition of the parent company at December 31:

Parent Company Statements of Financial Condition

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
ASSETS
Cash and Due From Subsidiary Bank
Investment in Subsidiary Bank
Other Assets
Total Assets

LIABILITIES
Short-Term Borrowings
Long-Term Borrowings
Subordinated Notes Payable
Other Liabilities
Total Liabilities

SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock, $.01 par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 16,988,951 and 16,844,698 shares
  issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively
Additional Paid-In Capital
Retained Earnings
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax
Total Shareowners’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity

2017

2016

17,515
327,416
5,112
350,043

-
2,700
52,887
10,246
65,833

170

36,674
279,410
(32,044)
284,210
350,043

$

$

$

$

9,618
325,337
5,563
340,518

3,000
-
52,887
9,463
65,350

168

34,188
267,037
(26,225)
275,168
340,518

$

$

$

$

The operating results of the parent company for the three years ended December 31 are shown below:

107

  
  
Parent Company Statements of Operations

(Dollars in Thousands)
OPERATING INCOME
Income Received from Subsidiary Bank:
Overhead Fees
Dividends
Other Income
Total Operating Income

OPERATING EXPENSE
Salaries and Associate Benefits
Interest on Subordinated Notes Payable
Professional Fees
Advertising
Legal Fees
Other
Total Operating Expense
Earnings Before Income Taxes and Equity in Undistributed

Earnings of Subsidiary Bank
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
Earnings Before Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary Bank
Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary Bank
Net Income

2017

2016

2015

$

$

4,813
12,000
124
16,937

4,384
1,761
1,072
130
140
737
8,224

8,713
166
8,547
2,316
10,863

$

$

$

4,700
9,300
2,675
16,675

4,604
9,200
424
14,228

4,247
1,527
1,114
160
167
718
7,933

8,742
(1,492)
10,234
1,512
11,746

$

3,395
1,368
1,078
105
168
699
6,813

7,415
(342)
7,757
1,359
9,116

The cash flows for the parent company for the three years ended December 31 were as follows:

Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in Thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net Income
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided By
   Operating Activities:
Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary Bank
Stock Compensation
Gain on Retirement of Trust Preferred Securities
Decrease (Increase) in Other Assets
Increase in Other Liabilities
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

CASH FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Redemption of Subordinated Notes
Proceeds from Short-Term Borrowings
Repayment of Short-Term Borrowings
Repayment of Long-Term Borrowings
Dividends Paid
Issuance of Common Stock Under Compensation Plans
Payments to Repurchase Common Stock
Net Cash Used In Financing Activities

Net Increase (Decrease)  in Cash
Cash at Beginning of Year
Cash at End of Year

2017

2016

2015

$

10,863

$

11,746

$

9,116

(2,316)
1,502
-
450
960
11,459

-
-
-
(300)
(4,071)
809
-
(3,562)

(1,512)
1,260
(2,487)
(399)
345
8,953

(7,500)
3,750
(750)
-
(2,890)
840
(6,312)
(12,862)

7,897
9,618
17,515

$

(3,909)
13,527
9,618

$

$

108

(1,359)
1,109
-
191
444
9,501

-
-
-
-
(2,241)
507
(5,981)
(7,715)

1,786
11,741
13,527

  
Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  At December 31, 2017, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that 
evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer each concluded that at December 31, 2017, the end of the period 
covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we maintained effective disclosure controls and procedures.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
effective internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 
we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal 
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 
framework) (the COSO criteria).  Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, our 
management has concluded we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 13a-15(f), at December 31, 2017.

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its 
inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject 
to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be 
circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements 
may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are 
known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not 
eliminate, this risk.

Management is also responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other financial 
information contained in this report. The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles and include, as necessary, best estimates and judgments by management.

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered certified public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements as 
of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, and opined as to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting at 
December 31, 2017, as stated in its attestation report, which is included herein on page 110.

Change in Internal Control.  Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has reviewed our 
internal control.  There have been no changes in our internal control during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that materially 
affected, or is likely to materially affect  our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

109

Ernst & Young LLP
One Tampa City Center
Suite 2400
201 North Franklin Street
Tampa, Florida 33602

Tel: +1 813 225 4800
Fax: +1 813 225 4711
ey.com

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareowners and Board of Directors of 
Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Capital City Bank Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria 
established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on the COSO criteria. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB), the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition  of  the  Company  as  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  and  the  related 
consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareowners’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years 
in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2017,  and  the  related  notes  of  the  Company  and  our  report  dated  March  5,  2018  expressed  an 
unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Tampa, Florida
March 5, 2018

110

Part III

Item 10. 

 Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

Incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Proposal No. 1 – Election of Directors”,  “Corporate Governance at Capital 
City,” “Share Ownership” and “Board Committee Membership” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of 
Shareowners to be held April 24, 2018.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation” and 
“Director Compensation” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 24, 
2018.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareowners Matters

The 2011 Associate Incentive Plan, 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan, and 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan were approved by 
the Registrant’s shareowners.  The following table provides certain information regarding the Registrant’s equity compensation plans. 

Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
and rights
(a)

— 

— 
—

Weighted-average
exercise price
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

(b)

$ —

— 
$ —

Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)

897,199(1)

— 
897,199

Plan Category

Equity Compensation Plans
Approved by Securities Holders
Equity Compensation Plans Not
Approved by Securities Holders
Total

(1)

Consists of 525,243 shares available for issuance under our 2011 Associate Incentive Plan, 323,576 shares available for 
issuance under our 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan, and 48,380 shares available for issuance under our 2011 Director 
Stock Purchase Plan. Of these plans, the only plan under which options may be granted in the future is our 2011 Associate 
Incentive Plan. 

The other information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the section 
captioned “Share Ownership” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 24, 
2018.  

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Transactions With Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance at Capital 
City” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 24, 2018.  

Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Audit Committee Matters” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its 
Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 24, 2018.  

111

PART IV

Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

The following documents are filed as part of this report

1. Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at the End of Fiscal Years 2017 and 2016
Consolidated Statements of Income for Fiscal Years 2017, 2016, and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for Fiscal Years 2017, 2016, and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners’ Equity for Fiscal Years 2017, 2016, and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal Years 2017, 2016, and 2015
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedules

Other schedules and exhibits are omitted because the required information either is not applicable or is shown in the financial 
statements or the notes thereto.

3. Exhibits Required to be Filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

Reg. S-K
Exhibit 
Table
Item No. 

Description of Exhibit

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.6

10.7

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 of the 
Registrant’s 1996 Proxy Statement (filed 4/11/96) (No. 0-13358).

Amended and Restated Bylaws - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Form 
8-K (filed 11/30/07) (No. 0-13358).

See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended 
and Restated Bylaws, which define the rights of the Registrant’s shareowners.

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358).

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358).

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Associate Incentive Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358).

In accordance with Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) certain instruments defining the rights of holders 
of long-term debt of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. not exceeding 10% of the total assets of Capital City 
Bank Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries have been omitted; the Registrant agrees to furnish a 
copy of any such instruments to the Commission upon request.

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 1996 Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Stock Purchase Plan - 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant’s Form S-3 (filed 01/30/97) (No. 333-
20683).

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan - incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10(d) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K (filed 3/27/03) (No. 0-13358).

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 
of Registrant’s Form S-8 (filed 09/30/97) (No. 333-36693).

Form of Participant Agreement for Long-Term Incentive Plan. - incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 
10.6 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (filed 3/6/15)(No. 0-13358).

Participant Agreement, dated February 25, 2015, by and between Thomas A. Barron and the Registrant – 
incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 2/25/15)(No. 0-13358).

112

10.8

11

14

21

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Participant Agreement, dated February 21, 2017, by and between J. Kimbrough Davis and the Registrant – 
incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 2/27/17)(No. 0-13358).

Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings.*

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Code of Ethics for the Chief Financial Officer and Senior Financial Officers 
- incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 3/11/05) (No. 0-
13358).

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2017.**

Consent of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm.**

Certification of CEO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002.**

Certification of CFO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002.**

Certification of CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**

Certification of CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**

101.INS

101.SCH

101.CAL

101.LAB

101.PRE

101.DEF

XBRL Instance Document**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document**

*

**

Information required to be presented in Exhibit 11 is provided in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements under Part 
II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K in accordance with the provisions of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Filed electronically herewith. 

Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary

None.

113

 
Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on March 5, 2018, on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.

/s/ William G. Smith, Jr.                                      
William G. Smith, Jr.
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed on March 5, 2018 by the following 
persons in the capacities indicated.

/s/ William G. Smith, Jr.                                 
William G. Smith, Jr.
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ J. Kimbrough Davis                                   
J. Kimbrough Davis
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

114

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on March 5, 2018, on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Directors:

/s/ Thomas A. Barron
 Thomas A. Barron

/s/ Allan G. Bense
 Allan G. Bense

/s/ Frederick Carroll, III
 Frederick Carroll, III

/s/ Cader B. Cox, III
 Cader B. Cox, III

/s/ Stanley W. Connally, Jr.
 Stanley W. Connally, Jr

/s/ J. Everitt Drew
 J. Everitt Drew

/s/ Eric Grant
 Eric Grant

/s/ John K. Humphress
John K. Humphress

/s/ Laura Johnson
 Laura Johnson

/s/ Henry Lewis III
 Henry Lewis III

/s/ John G. Sample, Jr
 John G. Sample, Jr

/s/ William G. Smith, Jr.
 William G. Smith, Jr.

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.  Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2017.

Direct Subsidiaries:
Capital City Bank
CCBG Capital Trust I (Delaware)
CCBG Capital Trust II (Delaware)

Indirect Subsidiaries:
Capital City Banc Investments, Inc. (Florida)
Capital City Services Company (Florida)
Capital City Trust Company (Florida)
FNB Financial Services, LLC (Florida)
Southeastern Oaks, LLC (Florida)
Capital City Wealth Advisors, Inc. (Florida) - Inactive
Capital City Mortgage Company (Florida) - Inactive

 
Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1)  Registration Statement (Form S-3D No. 333-20683) of Capital City Bank Group, Inc.

(2)  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-36693) of Capital City Bank Group, Inc.

(3)  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-174372) of Capital City Bank Group, Inc.

of our reports dated March 5, 2018, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. and the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) 
of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2017.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Tampa, Florida
March 5, 2018

       
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Exhibit 31.1

Certification of CEO Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act
Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, William G. Smith, Jr., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Capital City Bank Group, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented 
in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being 
prepared;

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 

during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 

financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ William G. Smith, Jr.
William G. Smith, Jr.
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 5, 2018

 
Exhibit 31.2

Certification of CFO Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act
Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, J. Kimbrough Davis, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Capital City Bank Group, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented 
in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being 
prepared;

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 

during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 

financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ J. Kimbrough Davis
J. Kimbrough Davis
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 5, 2018

 
Exhibit 32.1

Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned 

certifies that (1) this Annual Report of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (this “Report”), fully complies with the requirements 
of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (2) the information contained in this Report fairly presents, 
in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its results of operations as of and for the periods covered therein.

/s/ William G. Smith, Jr.
William G. Smith, Jr.
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 5, 2018

 
Exhibit 32.2

Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned 

certifies that (1) this Annual Report of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (this “Report”), fully complies with the requirements 
of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (2) the information contained in this Report fairly presents, 
in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its results of operations as of and for the periods covered therein.

/s/ J. Kimbrough Davis
J. Kimbrough Davis
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 5, 2018

[This page intentionally left blank] 

[This page intentionally left blank] 

[This page intentionally left blank] 

Annual

Shareowners’

April 24, 2018  |  10 a.m. E.T.

Augustus B. Turnbull III  

Florida State Conference Center

Meeting

555 W. Pensacola St.

Tallahassee, Florida

About Capital City Bank Group, Inc.

Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (Nasdaq:CCBG) is one of the largest publicly traded financial 

holding companies headquartered in Florida and has approximately $2.9 billion in assets. 

We provide a full range of banking services, including traditional deposit and credit 

services, mortgage banking, asset management, trust, merchant services, bankcards and 

securities brokerage services. Our bank subsidiary, Capital City Bank, was founded in 1895 

and now has 59 banking offices and 74 ATMs in Florida, Georgia and Alabama.

For more information about Capital City Bank Group,Inc., visit www.ccbg.com.

2017

A n n u a l   R e p o r t

investors.ccbg.com